Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian
Cell Culturing
Parth Malik, Rachna Gupta, and Tapan Kumar Mukherjee
Contents
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 Suitability/Principles of Biological Materials as Sensing Agents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 Organized 3D Biological Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Biological Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 Mechanical Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 Structural Coloring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 Hydrophobic Receptivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 Sensor and Biosensor Distinctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1 Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Developmental Background of a Biosensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 Classification of Biosensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4 Biosensors Variations Through the Distinctive Transduction Mechanisms . . . . . . . .
4 Improving the Working Efficacy of a Biosensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 Enhancing Detection Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Incorporation of Nanomaterials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Reusable Substrate–Analyte Interactive Platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 Early Disease Diagnosis Using a Biosensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1 Mechanisms for Improved Detection Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 Case Studies on Biosensor-Diagnosed Cancers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 Lung Cancer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 Handheld Devices: Glucometer and Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1
Working Principle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2
Working Features of a Glucometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3
Configured Variations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.4
Accuracy Concerns of Glucose Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
4
4
6
7
8
11
14
14
22
23
23
28
29
30
54
64
64
74
74
104
104
105
107
108
P. Malik
School of Chemical Sciences, Central University of Gujarat, Gandhinagar, India
R. Gupta
Department of Biotechnology, Visva-Bharti Shantiniketan, Bolpur, India
T. K. Mukherjee (*)
Amity University, Noida, Uttar Pradesh, India
© Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd. 2023
T. K. Mukherjee et al. (eds.), Practical Approach to Mammalian Cell and Organ Culture,
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-1731-8_18-2
1
2
P. Malik et al.
7.5
Rationale of Human Chorionic Gonadotropin Measurement for Pregnancy
Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.6
Biochemistry and Functions of Human Chorionic Gonadotropin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.7
Functions of Human Chorionic Gonadotropin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.8
Human Chorionic Gonadotropin in Early Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.9
Constitution of Workable Kit Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.10 Cautions for Result Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 Recent Advances in Biosensor Development for Screening Some Critical Disorders . . .
8.1 Alzheimer’s Disease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 Biomarkers and Biosensor-Mediated Early Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3 Cystic Fibrosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4 Tuberculosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.5 Biomarkers for Tuberculosis Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.6 Biosensor-Mediated Early Tuberculosis Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9 Conclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 Cross-References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
109
110
111
111
112
113
114
115
116
121
128
131
134
138
138
139
Abstract
Over the past three decades, sensors have swiftly emerged as the fundamental
requirement for ascertaining the progress of molecular events. Biosensors prevail
as a formidable member under this umbrella, wherein biological entities or
engineered biomaterials are used as a probe to primarily screen biological interactions. The potential of biomaterials as molecular sensing moieties draws inspiration from their renewable nature, along with the possibility of being
functionalized in diverse regimes. The distinguishing aspect of biomaterials as
sensing probes prevails in terms of their specificity through which their involvement in the screened interactions is minimized. A blossoming aspect in this
regard pertains to the development of robust shape and size-dependent nanomaterials (NMs) whose integration with biomaterials imparts a further precision
enhancement to the screening of molecular events. The architecture of noncovalent self-assembly with van der Waals forces as stabilizing factors manifests
as the key prospect of biological sensing. The development of nanobiomaterials
has therefore catalyzed a robust screening of biological interactions as the
NMs with enhanced surface area exhibit tremendous functionalization potential.
This chapter is, therefore, focused on the utility of mammalian cells or the
products thereof as biosensing probes with the most emergent applications of
disease diagnosis and handheld devices.
Keywords
Biosensors · Quantum confinement · Biomaterials · Surface plasmons · Shape
and size dependent properties · Dynamic light scattering · Luminescence ·
Quantum dots · Nanocrystals · Functionalization · Surface engineering ·
Miniaturization
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
1
3
Introduction
Biological materials endow smart responsive behavior, characterized by their
dynamic patterned structures attuned to specialized functioning and incorporation
of natural bioactive compounds. These remarkably efficient architectural designs of
biomaterials have been optimized ever since the origin of life on earth, thanks to
stimulus-sensitive transport and mechanical properties thereof. Such attributes propel biomaterials as attractive candidates for flexible electronic sensing technologies.
The most important criterion relates to the effect of the biological activity of
biological materials, which aids in superseding the limited bioavailability and
restricted morphology of materials involved in the fabrication of traditional flexible
electronic devices. Mounting requirement for monitoring the nativity of biological
interactions has necessitated the need for robust biomaterials, capable of specified
biological efficacy, along with the modulation of screened interaction into a readable
and modifiable electronic impulse. Conventional materials cease to be suitable here
owing to their concurrent nonresponsiveness to biological stimulus and concurrent
interactions. Conventional sensing makes it extensively preoccupied with inorganic/
organic compound-based entities, such as carbon materials, metal oxide semiconductors, and polymers. Despite significant improvement in material attributes of
these entities, their intrinsic mechanical properties, high cost, and nonbiocompatibility arrest the biological stimulus detection feasibility of these materials. Biological materials are complex actuators and possess manifold attributes
suitable in this regard, such as extraordinary topography, adequate in situ
tailorability (capable of being adapted to a particular function) of chemical composition, and splendid mechanical properties. Apart from structural features, readily
available natural biological materials have additional advantages in being renewable,
cost-effective, water-soluble, biodegradable, self-adhesive, biocompatible, nontoxic,
antimicrobial, and having good adsorption. A unique characteristic of natural biological materials is their natural optimized state, manifested since the inception of
evolution, harnessing acquaintance for specified requirements. For instance, our
immune system comprises several nano-biointerfaces having cancer cell recognition
ability. Similarly, lotus leaves have superhydrophobic surfaces enabling selfcleaning properties, along with low water adhesion. Likewise, insect-eating plants
are conferred with an immensely accurate sensing mechanism for enclosing their
prey. Thereby, the master class on the natural phenomenon has plenty to ponder new
insights from nature for deigning further novel materials. Some other prominent
natural biological entities include their natural 3D structure (like in honeycomb and
natural cellular materials), imparting tunable elastic modulus to provide exceptional
mechanical flexibility, such that the material can effectively and congruently assort
to manifold curved and dynamic surfaces and interfaces, such as human organs and
biological organism. The feasibility of affording a wide variety of functionalities
(i.e., recognition, selective adsorption, and sensing) comprising several functional
groups, such as –OH, –COOH, –NH2, and –NH3 groups, confers the properties that
are seldom ever noticed in synthetic and man-made materials.
4
P. Malik et al.
This chapter focuses on the above-briefed and related attributes of biomaterials
capable of propelling them for sensing applications. Emphasis has been laid on the
detection of redundant and immunologically critical disorders such as cancers,
diabetes, cardiovascular complications, and several others.
2
Suitability/Principles of Biological Materials as Sensing
Agents
Mechanical interactions cement a highly fundamental locus from biological concern.
Mechanical forces resulting from chemical interactions elucidate the equilibrated
distribution of kinetics (motility) and potential energy exchange (adhesion) on the
cellular scale. These factors subsequently emerge as decisive factors for regulating
molecular scale transport and affinity. Sensing through biological entities offers
manifold significant opportunities to quantify the binding forces (BFs), displacements, and mass changes emanating out from cellular and subcellular events. In
course of monitoring chemical interactions, concurrent specifications urgently press
for monitoring of dynamic structural simulations as a result of varying interactive
stoichiometries.
Natural biological materials have viciously emerged as frontrunners in such
applications owing to the remarkable receptiveness of their physicochemical and
biological characteristics. A thorough understanding of such attributes can revolutionize the applications of biological materials by enhancing a practical understanding of the amalgamated possibilities from different research fields. Biological
materials endow splendid performance attributes through natural selection, enabling
perfection in adapting to their surrounding environments. Therefore, we discuss the
fundamental properties of biological materials with an emphasis on the latest
advances suitable for sensing applications. A mandatory assumption here is that
not all properties of biological materials are entirely well-defined. The discussion
broadly focuses on the interaction of biological materials with the stimulus of
varying nature, which would ideally enable sensing of the stimulus in as much
unaltered form as possible (mandating no chemical interactions between the biological sensing agent and the stimulus to be detected). Owing to a legal binding on not
including more than 50 references, readers are suggested to refer to the 2017 review
article by Wang and colleagues for the details of referred studies included in this
section. The literature source focuses on the electronic properties of biological
materials and is published in Chemical Society Reviews.
2.1
Organized 3D Biological Assemblies
• Structure-driven properties are known for multiple specialized functions in natural creations and have inspired several technological innovations. Biological
materials are inherently complex composites exhibiting structural diversity spanning several orders of magnitude in length. The exceptional characteristics are the
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
Macro
5
Meso
Micro
Single
seta
Nanostructures
1000 Spatular
tips
1 million foot
hairs (setae)
Fig. 1 Pictorial view of the gecko foot hair structures, where each seta is divided into hundreds of
split ends, spatulas. Such provisions facilitate infinitesimal intermolecular forces as van der Waals
forces to provide the needed adhesion. (Figure included after taking inputs from http://
bioimicryreport.blogspot.com/2014/02/gecko-feet.html)
outcomes of functional adaptation of their structure at distinct hierarchical platforms. In particular, organized 3D structures exhibit extraordinary replication of
their constitutional design ingredients such as small fibers, tubes, open and closed
foams, and plates.
• These structures span into eight distinct categories, having been thoroughly
investigated by Meyers and subsequently reviewed by Espinosa and colleagues.
The classification includes fibrous, helical, gradient, layered, tubular, cellular,
suture, and overlapping structures. The most common entity herein is wood
(fundamentally a composite) comprised of open spaces (lumens) and
interconnected cells (tracheids), having a natural cellular structure. The varied
arrangement and interior structure of spaces are responsible for the different
porosity of various wood species. For instance, softwood species are characterized by uniform and closely packed rectangular cells, facilitating infiltration of
solutions through the porous structure, whereas a large number of closely packed
(1–100) μm ranged tubular cells, including growth ring boundaries, earlywood
vessels, latewood vessels, fibers, rays, and axial parenchyma cells in marginal
bands, have been traced in hardwood species (such as poplar) (Wang et al. 2017).
• Tissues from several different plants and animals are richly bestowed by their
multiple architectural traits for desired transport and mechanical requirements.
These structural characteristics comprise the spatial and geometrically specific
distribution with 3D topography and the explicit arrangement of building blocks.
Hierarchical entities from nature (e.g., seashells, bones, wood, bamboo, exoskeletons) possess numerous pores in their structures. Their high specific surface
areas, extraordinary permeability, storage capability, and mass transfer properties
make them structurally unique. Together, these features are highly useful in
several inter- and cross-disciplinary applications, ranging from catalysis, adsorption, separation processes, sensors, energy security, confronting low food grain
output, and ensuring their high shelf-life.
• Two illustrations of such capability quite amicably elucidate the multifunctional
abilities of self-hierarchical structures. A gecko foot, for instance, is composed of
6
P. Malik et al.
a large number of well-configured microsized hairs with a 500 mm 2 approximate density. The assembly portrays a unique assorted structure with the hairs
comprised of numerous smaller nanoscale structures (carrying 100–1000 single
hair in density). The multiscale structure hierarchy in gecko feet lends them
manifold functions and abilities, including extraordinary adhesiveness, and
super-hydrophobic and self-cleaning nature (Fig. 1).
• Erstwhile structures exhibiting hierarchical arrangements include seashells with
two layers of distinct microstructures. These layers can be divided into peripheral
prismatic calcite layers while the outer layer has a greater susceptibility toward
brittle failures and the soft inner layer of nacreous aragonite can withstand
comparatively greater inelastic deformation. Apart from this, there is a third
layer consisting of self-assembled mesoscale that attributes to a significant dissipation of mechanical energy. The inner layer in this assembly consists of multiple
microscopic aragonite polygonal tablets with (5–8) μm diameter, 400 μm thickness, and (20–30) nm organic material constituting a thick region (Wang et al.
2017).
2.2
Biological Activity
Biological materials in the relevant size range and corresponding activity possess
several properties on par with those of synthetic materials. Biological material
research has emerged as a most productive research domain in nanobiotechnology
through the remarkable interlinking of biological, physical, and chemical sciences
for developing advanced tools having the potential to revolutionize wearable and
flexible electronics. The characteristic properties responsible for the expansion of
biological materials into diversified areas are as follows:
• Remarkable mechanical strength and flexibility for obtaining wearable electronicgrade biological materials.
• Altered colored appearances of biologically suited materials are capable of
forming specified platforms to make sensors suited for optical transduction.
Such materials can revolutionize the diversified requirements of anti-forgery
devices, optical gas sensors, and biosensors for the detection of cancer and air
pollution.
• With remarkable water-resistant ability contributing to self-cleansing and a meager water adhesion, the biological materials provide several benefits for use in
printing, optical transduction, ultra-precision sensors, and energy storage
batteries.
• Robust adhesive properties of biological materials over several 3D surfaces
manifest a smart system for further conjugating bonding encompassed with
alluring functionalities.
• Nearly all biological materials are antimicrobial, exhibiting suitability for making
implantable antimicrobial materials in medical devices (such as artificial
electronic skin).
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
7
Fig. 2 Partly covered structures from chitin (Polyplacophora) represent a range of biological
hierarchies for improved biological sensing
The following sections describe the abovementioned properties of biological
entities about their sensing amicability.
2.3
Mechanical Properties
The major mechanical features conferring suitability of sensing applications to
biological materials include flexibility, stiffness, strength, and fracture toughness,
imparting them robustness for applications in multiple domains.
The traits of flexibility, toughness, and tensile strength imbibe biological materials toward fascinating wearable green electronics. Some critical aspects of these are
as follows:
• Well-ordered 3D hierarchical structures having nano- to microscale dimensionality. The mechanical properties are inherently defined by the microstructure,
wherein distinctive character allows biological materials to function as active
units capable of meeting specific demands. Meyers and coworkers discuss these
structural design prospects leading to diverse mechanical properties of biological
materials. For instance, chitosan exoskeletons consist of well-organized repetitive
hierarchical structures with remarkable mechanical flexibility, comprising several
discrete levels (Fig. 2). These exoskeletons can be further divided into a large
number of smaller fragments. The combination of overlapping segments herein
depicts an improved mechanical response arising out of overall flexibility and
spontaneous internal movements (refer Wang et al. 2017 for discussed studies).
• The overlapping structures confer consistent modified responses, such as bending, deformation, and drape, the last one serving as a motivational breakthrough
8
P. Malik et al.
for several researchers toward designing novel biological composites equipped
with splendid mechanical flexibility for developing flexible green electronics.
Such overlapping structures could be easily located in shark skin, fish scales,
butterfly wings, seahorse tails, and pangolin plates, and decisively impart efficient
joined flexibility and working potential.
• Highly efficient flexible electronic devices could be easily available as such from
animals, such as natural spider silk (having micron-scale diameter) is a highly apt
example of an assorted structure comprising numerous aligned fibers. Fibrous
structures are also very finely fitted entities for strength, high tension, and
effectively low to null compression. Molecular configurations of natural silk
present another befitting framework for dynamic response channeling. At
low-stress levels, natural-grade silk responds via entropic folding of amorphous
strands (uncoiling and straightening of protein strands). Contrary to this, at high
pressure, the major interactions are weak hydrogen bonds so that the crystalline
domains can sustain the load.
• The credit for illustrating the intricate stress–strain correlation of fibrous assemblies under physical stimulus goes to Meyer’s group. Its quantitative version is as
depicted in Eq. 1:
σ ¼ K 1 enþ1 þ Hðec ÞEðe
ec Þ
ð1Þ
where σ is the stress, K1 is a material parameter, ε is the strain, and n varies as per the
chosen material. The constant as an exponent, n being 1, relates to the mechanical
response of collagen support, and H is the Heaviside function and is usually
activated at the beginning of the second regime (ε ¼ εc, the strain corresponding to
entirely extended geometry of fibers; refer Wang et al. 2017 for discussed studies).
• So, natural silk as a remarkable fibrous material exhibits high tensile strength or
unidirectional stiffness apart from having robust mechanical properties and insulating nature. These attributes make natural silk a highly useful entity for being
used as biocompatible passive support and packaging material for flexible electronic devices. Readers are suggested to refer the rigorous contributions of
Meyer’s group, where the authors have described the quantitative profile of
mechanical properties of several other biological materials, along with their
structural advantages.
2.4
Structural Coloring
The colored features of living organisms generated on account of iridescence,
pigmentation, or superposition of two distinct colors are in themselves a kind of
boost for sensing-based applications. Among these several modulations, structural
color is a distinctive natural trait exhibited by the interaction and transport of ordered
structures with light. The hierarchical structural arrangement in biological structures
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
9
Fig. 3 (a) Surface topography of transparent regions of glasswing butterfly. (b) The tiny spines of
Polychaeta, Aphroditidae, are just like inherent photosensitive crystalline materials. The crosssectional image depicts their closer view, typically comprising regular configured hollow channels
with chitin walls (bottom left), the red color of spectrum incident on Aphrodita spine. Alternate
heating and retrieving the bundles of glass capillaries can be a simpler method to obtain similar
synthetic photonic fibers. (Parker et al. 2001; Russell 2003; Siddique et al. 2015; image reproduced
with permission)
serves as an incentive for efficient light absorption unlike that of pigmentation. Some
notable aspects regarding this property are as detailed next:
• Structural color is a source of tunable energy transformation, and, most importantly, it is environmentally friendly as it does not involve external mediation of
chemical dyes. Perhaps, tunable structure exhibition is used by many living
organisms as the means of adapting to the surrounding environment such as
using communication, predation, camouflage, and several other modulations.
• Several instances can be found supporting the response monitoring via color
development. Butterfly wings, hormonal and stimulus responses of plants,
flowers, and leaves, environmental adaptation mechanisms of a chameleon,
insectivorous plants, and hibernation patterns of certain birds are some other
10
P. Malik et al.
traits. Butterfly wings comprise multiple beautiful and purely (by themselves)
iridescence appearances owing to their hierarchical and ordered repetitive structural constitution. For instance, the butterfly Morpho sulkowskyi bears a tempting
dual color (blue) on the top and (camouflaged brown) beneath the wing’s surface.
The distinctive blue and brown appearances are noticed in the flying and landing
stages; such characteristics if replicated using pressure equilibration modulations
can be the remarkable basis of a piezoelectric biosensor. Apart from being
fascinating, the shiny butterfly colors are unique because of the seeing-through
(transparent character) ability of their wings. Glasswing butterflies have a characteristic of this ability where the glassy sections of wings confuse their predators,
the time lapse in which butterflies fly away. This ability is often recognized as
optical transparency, implying that all light that goes into the wing continues out
of the other side. A closer look at the transparent regions of glasswing butterflies
using a scanning electron microscope (SEM) shows numerous randomly sized
patterns of nanopillars (Fig. 3). The exclusive source of the transparent character
of butterfly wings (irrespective of directional view) is the random size and shape
of pillars. Among the noted erstwhile functions of butterfly wings are their
extraordinary hydrophobic and self-cleaning abilities. The significance of hydrophobicity for butterfly wings stems from the inherent ability to resist a rainstorm
in the absence of which the residual water on butterfly wings makes flying
difficult. The water droplets are unable to penetrate the hydrophobic pockets
due to stronger interactions of water molecules than those between water and air.
Furthermore, the air pockets have an internal pressure that resists water from
permeating through.
• Similarly, Aphrodite (a kind of trivial humid water worm) hair possesses intense
structural colors derived from front cylinders, which collectively diffract light due
to substantial longitudinally oriented, closely packed, and 230 nm in diameter.
These hairy structures make up tubular structures constituted of hexagonally
configured hollow cylindrical channels that are a few nanometers across and are
made up of chitin. These arrays act as 2D photonic crystals that reflect light
strongly in the long wavelength region of the spectrum. These structures confer
the Aphrodite spine, a deep, iridescent red color. Whether the optical properties of
polychaete spines have a biological function remains poorly understood, but the
applications for light-manipulating fibers in optical technology are indeed
immense. Such observations could be traced to the efforts of Phillip Russell
Fig. 4 Surface topology and morphology-driven hydrophobic sensitivity. Due to the larger contact
area in the Wenzel state, the role of the surface is more prominent in the functional activities
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
11
and collaborators, who fabricate the assemblies by stacking glass capillaries into
hexagonally packed bundles and drawing them out under heat into narrow fibers
laced across with perforations. If “defects” are introduced into an array of tubular
channels (either via including a wider capillary or a solid rod in the bundle), light
can pass along the defect while being excluded from the photonic crystals. This
creates an optical fiber cladding that is essentially impermeable to the light
wavelengths within the band gap. Photonic crystal fibers of such configurations
can guide light around the tighter bands than normally possible with conventional
fibers, having comparatively weakly confined light due to internal reflection at the
fiber surface. Hence, these fibers are anticipated to function better for guiding
light in tightly confined spaces, such as on optical microchips.
• Similar examples of such biological structures are the wings of peacocks and the
varied appearances of Hercules and Tortoise (beetles). Monitoring the track
record for color-specific tolerated stimulus can be a crucial breakthrough in the
utilization of these natural biological mechanisms for optical, electronic, and
calorimetric sensing.
2.5
Hydrophobic Receptivity
Hydrophobicity is the most important natural characteristic of natural biological
agents (in particular, for the aquatic regime) and endows a sharp dependence on
surface topology and morphology (Fig. 4).
Superhydrophobic materials are in typically high demand owing to their potential
significance in printing, microfluidic devices, nanoparticle assembly, batteries, highsensitivity sensors, and optical devices. The following points illustrate the significance of superhydrophobicity in improving the sensing mechanism:
• Feasible strategies toward a progressive replacement of traditional synthetic
materials are of key significance. Several natural biological materials are known
to possess superwettability. The most fabulous example of natural superhydrophobic biological material is lotus leaves exhibiting superhydrophobicity
toward the water with nearly 150 water contact angles and self-cleaning properties. These self-cleaning attributes are immensely useful for the removal of dust
and dirt particles through the motional activities of water droplets. Apart from
self-cleaning properties, Mele and Feng groups independently reported Strelitzia
reginae and Oryza sativa leaf surfaces to be composed of parallel microgrooves,
and also exhibit superhydrophobic features (Wang et al. 2017).
• The anisotropy of superhydrophobic properties enables the displacement of
droplets in a direction parallel to that of microgrooves. This response could be
a much-needed boost for the development of amicable fluid-transport systems,
enabling the assessment of relative aqueous interactions of distinct chemical
surroundings of a surface region(s).
• Other fine examples of superhydrophobic biological material are the wings of the
Morpho butterfly, which exhibit directional adhesion. The nonwetting ability of
12
P. Malik et al.
these structures facilitates easier shedding of water droplets from a butterfly’s
wings upon a slight shake, thereby facilitating rain flying. These wings can be
easily used to quantify the drying extent of a biological specimen, which is often
the requirement for sophisticated characterization sample preparation.
• The genesis of hydrophobicity is manifested through the existence of an air layer
trapped inside the rough surface, which can reduce the liquid and ion penetration
alongside facilitating efficient heat transfer. Studies have illustrated the making of
pollen comprising electronic skin as a hydrophobic biological material with a
contact angle of nearly 100 , subsequently elucidating a strong influence of
hydrophobic on the electronic signal stability. Investigations focusing (0–30) min
water penetration of pollen material also revealed no significant variation in water
droplet physicochemical and flow behavior concerning time.
• Modulating the interlayer frictional forces and interlocked structures of e-skin
materials through increasing the relative pollen content enabled enhancement in
elasticity (a highly important requirement for flexible electronic agent). Thereby,
this response illustrated that biological materials are bestowed with several
attributes as active units that require consistently good mechanical and hydrophobic properties.
2.5.1 High Adhesion
Smart adhesive materials with flexible surfaces capable of being engineered for
various applications are being provided by biological entities. To name a few,
biomolecules of amphibian and aquatic organisms (waterproofing ability), the skin
of animals, and certain plants are the tissues that meet robust needs. The following
points describe such features of several living tissues:
• Owing to strong adhesion or cohesion abilities, biological materials of natural
origin are not easy to be de-eliminated from integrated assemblies and are
therefore widely used in making multicomponent assembled stable devices.
Dauskardt and colleagues provided extensive illustrations of organic semiconductors and devices in terms of their adhesive and cohesive energies, noting the
dependence of the former on chemical bonding, van der Waals interaction, and
chain entanglements. It must be emphasized here that adhesion may also refer to
the contact between two dissimilar molecules/surfaces, whereas cohesion essentially involves interaction between two similar species (which could be the subcomponents of two independent systems) (refer Wang et al. 2017 for cited
studies).
• Polydopamine (PDA), herein, is the most famous natural adhesive, depending on
both noncovalent and covalent bonding. This material strongly adheres to organic
surfaces through covalent coupling under alkaline conditions via appropriate
addition or coupling reactions. The process depends on the typical oxidation of
catechol (present in polydopamine) to quinines. Steadfast PDA addition has
created significant interest in the fabrication of hybrid materials and functional
substrates. The past 10 years have witnessed overwhelming importance being
conferred to gecko lizards to adhere to surfaces with different orientations and
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
H-bonding
Gas in
13
Gas in
Promotion strategies:
Aerosol jet
printing
ECM-mimic nanostructural/mechanical
properties
Chemically anti-biofouled effect
Sustained inhibition on reactive oxygen
species
Neuron
Fig. 5 Schematic procedure of an oligomeric proanthocyanidin (OPC) neural probe fabrication
having an anti-inflammatory interface. A native semihydrophilic receptivity of OPC aids in the selfadhesion of nanohydrogels by acting as a structural stabilizer. The aromatic architecture and
abundant –OH groups are the key controls for developing a biologically compatible 3D antiinflammatory neural interface
frictional coefficients. Being a neurotransmitter, such attributes of PDA have
revolutionized its use toward efficient binding to its signaling mediators. The
relative frictional extents could be therefore utilized in ascertaining the nature of
the bound stimulus, keeping the database as standard.
• A 2011 study by Helbig and colleagues revealed the ability of T. bielanensis to
detect Candida albicans, Staphylococcus aureus, and Escherichia coli, comprising significant diversity in fungi, and Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria.
Analysis showed no visible culture deposition even after 4 days. In general,
terpenes are known to confer protection from plants and insects to safeguard
the cuticular surface from microbial adhesion (refer Wang et al. 2017 for cited
studies).
• Separate investigations showed that the lipid layer is not covalently connected
with the epicuticle and could be therefore extracted using carefully chosen
dissolving solvents or mechanical shedding in the form of dust particles through
animal movement. Lipids gradually transit to the surface and recover the coating.
In this process, the lipid film could be used as a sacrificial layer that is regularly
reproduced to avid microbial invasion. So, there is no need to provide nonspecific
reaction control from an external agency (to keep microbial contamination
arrested) and the growing T. bielanensis in itself is capable of protecting against
such interference.
• Natural oligomeric proanthocyanidin (OPC), a standard anti-inflammatory drug,
can combat neurodegenerative disorders through multiple therapeutic mechanisms. The semihydrophilic OPC assists the self-adhesion of nanohydrogels via
acting as a structural stabilizer through its structural architecture and abundant –
14
P. Malik et al.
Protein Microrganism
Sensing Element
Transducer
OO
S
Processing of
retreived signal
Output signal
Sound waves
Chemical
Quantity of interesr
Fig. 6 Flow diagram of sensor functioning
OH groups, which gradually develop into a biologically stable 3D antiinflammatory neural interface. So, the adhesion ability of OPC provides a strategy
for the nanofiber-like protective ability of the hydrogel network via distributing
its structural layers and extending the anti-inflammatory impact on the assorted
neurons and their exaggerated confirmations.
• Recent studies of the Chen group elucidate a novel 3D nanocarrier utilizing
natural antioxidant OPC reagents derived from natural grape (Fig. 5). Consequently, this nanocarrier possesses exceptional antifouling properties as an
OPC-coated neural probe, developing lower impedance alongside exceptionally
higher signal stability compared to a nanocoated probe after short-range and
continual in vivo implantation.
• Inspection of this implanted assembly through immunostaining revealed a
reduced astrocyte population around the implanted site through a protective
functioning of an OPC-based probe. Apart from decreased astrocyte population,
significant reductions were noticed in activated microglia, paving the way for
improved survival 28 days after being implanted. Thus, this study presents
another remarkable advance through the potentiated antioxidant activity of
implanted OPC reagents, which is not only a biological source but also biological
essence (as noted through its implantable ability).
3
Sensor and Biosensor Distinctions
3.1
Sensors
A sensor is a device used to detect any variations in physical, chemical, and
biological extents quantified through changes in light intensity, force expression or
exertion, pressure, locus-defining coordinates, sonication impacts, gases, specificity,
and functional activities of proteins, microorganisms, cells, and others (Fig. 6).
Enhanced precision of sensing mechanism depends on specificity, sensitivity,
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
15
accuracy, cost-effectiveness, and capability to respond in different environmental
conditions. While the sensor monitors the interaction of any kind of stimulus
(resulting in varied physical, chemical, optical, electronic, or acoustic responses), a
biosensor exclusively tracks the changes in the biological response of the scrutinized
entity. Based on the physical positioning of the sensing probe and analyte, the
following categories of sensors are known to prevail:
• Contact: The sensors of this mode necessitate physical contact with probe moiety
to sense them. Coziness and biocompatibility are prominent considerations to be
Table 1 Functional
attributes of a sensor having
a key role in the typical
performance
Sensitivity
Stability (short and long term)
Accuracy
Speed of response
Overload attributes
Hysteresis
Operating life
Cost, size, and weight
Stimulus range (span)
Resolution
Selectivity
Environmental conditions
Linearity
Dead band
Output format
Input control
Table 2 The diversity of input stimulus describes a sensor’s functioning
Acoustic
Biological
Chemical
Electric
Magnetic
Optical
Mechanical
Radiation
Thermal
Wave amplitude, phase, polarization, spectrum, and wave velocity
Microbes, enzymatic activity. antigen–antibody interaction, and biomass driven
Specific constitutional state of stimulus
Charge, current, potential difference (mV), electrostatic potential, electric field
(amplitude, phase, polarization), and electrical permittivity
Magnetic field strength (amplitude, phase, polarization), magnetic flux,
susceptibility, and permeability
Wave amplitude, phase, polarization, spectrum, wave velocity, refractive index,
emissivity, reflectivity, and absorption
Position, acceleration, force, stress, strain, shear, mass, density, torque, shape,
roughness, orientation, stiffness, and viscosity
Energy, intensity, penetration ability
Temperature, flux, specific heat, and thermal conductivity
Table 3 Sensor configuration based on sensed and percept energy stimulus
Sensor
configuration
Physical
Chemical
Biological
Perceived energy stimulus
Thermoelectric, electroelastic, photoelectric, thermomagnetic,
photomagnetic, thermooptic, magnetoelectric, photoelastic, electromagnetic,
thermoelastic, and combinations
Chemical conversion, physical conversion, electrochemical process,
spectroscopic modulation, and combinatorial phenomenon
Biochemical conversion, physical conversion, the influence of test organism,
and combinations
16
P. Malik et al.
Table 4 Sensor classification is based on specific applications
Civil engineering
Distribution, commerce, and
finance
Energy and power
Health and medicine
Manufacturing
Military
Scientific measurement
Force
NEQ
Domestic and structural applications
Environment, meteorology, and security
Information and telecommunication
Marine
Recreation and toys
Space
Robotics, bioelectronic, risk perception, safety assessment, and
several others
load cell
NEQ
Primary sensor
NEQ = Non-electrical quantity
Strain-gauge
EQ
Output signal
Secondary sensor
EQ = Electrical quantity
Fig. 7 Distinction of primary and secondary sensors
kept in mind concerning sensor functioning in contact mode, wherein time-bound
responses monitor the characteristic performing aspects (of the analyte). A persistent aspect of concern here is the minimization of fouling effects that persist for
prolonged durations. Measuring thermometer. The most common examples of
such sensors include the waterheating electrical rod and temperature. Both of
these mandate their residence with their respective sensed moieties (water and
body of the host, respectively). Some diagnostic procedures working through
noncontact mode include electrocardiography (ECG), electromyography (EMG),
and electroencephalography (EEG).
• Noncontact: This mode of sensing does not necessitate any direct contact
between analyzing probe and the analyte. The most common example of such
sensing devices is magnetic retrievers (which attract iron or magnetically sensitive material without physical contact with them). Biological instances of such
sensors include the identification of a substrate (among many) by enzyme and
antigen (among many) by its specific antibody. These sensors are mostly utilized
in ambient applications like passive infrared (PIR) spectroscopy, having less
impact on the environment or quantity of interest. A comparative advantage of
these sensors over the contact mode sensing devices is that there are much fewer
chances (as well as maintenance of provisions) mandating moderation of interaction between probe and analyte, resulting in a better reliability of sensed
response.
• Sample elimination: This is only a specified domain of noncontact sensors,
wherein the prediction of toxins or a threshold extent of a biochemical aspect
could be maintained. The purpose of such tracking is not limited to detection but
also to entirely squeeze out the undesired proportions. Ascertaining E. coli
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
(a)
Input
Solar energy
17
Active sensors
Voltage
Passive sensors
Resistance variation
(b)
Lenght variation
NEQ
EQ
Fig. 8 (a) Working diagram of the active sensor. (b) Working of a passive sensor
Fig. 9 The switching actions
are counted through an
electronic counter
Counter
Switch
contamination of water or excessive blood glucose extents are some illustrations
of such sensing mode.
3.1.1 Working Components of a Sensor
• Certain working parameters of a sensor form the defining aspects of its classification, such as sensitivity, stimulus range, constitutional material, detection
means, conversion phenomena, the field of applications, and stimulus being
intercepted (Tables 1, 2, 3, and 4).
• Sensor performance is a combination of optimized fitting of multiple factors,
which are more authentically understood as the classification criterion.
3.1.2 Classification of Sensors
The sensor classification is described as follows:
Classification based on the application method
Classification based on the energy conversion
Classification based on the output signal form
Here is a brief discussion about them:
Classification Based on the Application Method
• Primary sensor: Here, the input is directly detected by the sensor. For example,
load cell is used to extend the weight of the object.
• Secondary sensor: In this case, the output of the primary sensor is sensed by
another sensor whereby the nonelectrical stimulus is converted into an electrical
signal (Fig. 7).
Classification Based on the Energy Conversion
18
P. Malik et al.
Radar, infrared,
seismic, X-ray
GPS
Ultrasonic,
temperature, gas
flow
Temperature,
accelerometers,
pressure, sound,
motion
Active
Digital
Analog
SENSORS
Conversion
Detection
Biological, chemical,
electric,radioactive
Passive
Electomagnetic, thermooptic,
thermoelectric, photoelectric,
electromechanical
Thermistor,
photographic, thermal
infrared, strain gauge
Fig. 10 Brief outline of the sensor types
• Active or self-generating sensors: Generates output signal in response to external excitation (Fig. 8a). Examples are LVDT and a photovoltaic cell.
• Passive sensor: This produces an output signal without any external excitation.
Examples are thermistor and strain gauge produce resistance to temperature and
length variations (Fig. 8b).
Classification Based on the Output Signal Form
• Analog sensors: Provides varied continuous output signal vis-à-vis input
changes. In addition, within the sensor’s range, the output signal can have infinite
values.
• Digital sensors: In contrast to analog, digital sensors have a discrete form of
output with finite values. Here, the data are digitally converted and transmitted
through an electronic counter. For example, the switching actions of a revolution
counter (Fig. 9).
3.1.3 Terminological Distinction of Sensors
Though all sensors are exclusively confined within contact and noncontact regimes,
some terminologies do refer to them in consideration of their specific property
ascertaining. For instance, the optical sensor may indirectly refer to any of the
spectrometric techniques. Similarly, ultrasonication subjection could be the means
to know about the extent of cavitation meted out for a fixed duration of sound waves
persistence in a medium. Figure 10 depicts an approximate distribution of different
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
19
Table 5 Characteristic sensor types with advantages and disadvantages
Sensor types
Optical
Temperature
Magnetic
Image
Motion
Pressure
Proximity
Ultrasonic
Radar
Infrared
Advantages
Low cost, small size, and ability to
operate over large distances
Accuracy, flexibility, higher reliability,
and sensibility
High sensitivity, low noise, high
switching speed, and reduced power
consumption
Reduced energy consumption,
security, and digital lock
Available at low cost, higher security,
and save energy
Easy to rearrange, no parallax
inaccuracy, steady readings even at a
high vibration, and does not need any
operators
Well established, easy to operate, high
switching rate, insensitive to
environmental conditions, and
accuracy
High penetrating power, low cost, high
frequency, and sensitivity
Insensitive to environmental
conditions, direct measurement of
vehicle speed, accurate, and reliable
Effective in detecting defects, and
accurate measurement of vehicle speed
and position
Disadvantages
Short-lived stability
Resistance error, vibration, and a high
response time
Shock performance, magnetic metals
disturbance, and magnetic field affect
the trip point
Slow speed and vulnerability to
heating and distortion
Sensitive to environment changes,
short distance coverage and undesired
triggering of motion sensors can occur
when it is installed near a light source
The error occurs due to oscillating
values, requires a power supply, and is
not easy to observe full-scale and trend
Limited operating range, noisy
interface, and suffering from the object
surface
It can be affected by environmental
changes or conditions
Expensive, difficulty in discriminating
between the close objects and color of
the objects
Incapable of detecting multiple objects
having minimum temperature
difference and expensive
properties analyzed by the above sensor classification domains through their working modes, energy conversion efficacy, and output signal form. Salient sensor types
with their advantages and disadvantages are listed in Table 5.
3.1.4 Sensor Characteristics
• Typically, a sensor response and functioning are described by its characteristic
behavior corresponding to static and transient responses toward an input stimulus.
These include static and dynamic characteristics.
• The static characteristics defining a sensor functioning encompass all properties
of a system post-steady-state manifestation of all transient effects, such as accuracy, discrimination, precision, errors, drift, sensitivity, linearity, and hysteresis.
The dynamic attributes describe the immediate or instantaneous response of a
system to the input. A system can be, therefore, zero, first, or second order in
functioning. The following points provide a basic idea of different static and
dynamic sensor parameters.
20
P. Malik et al.
• Dynamic characteristics: The response of a sensor to a particular variable input
is quite distinct from the one exhibited when the input signals are constant.
Dynamic characteristics of a sensor arise due to the presence of energy-storing
elements, that is, inertial (masses, inductances) or capacitances (electric or thermal). These parameters are determined by ascertaining the sensor response
toward a family of varying input waveforms, such as impulsive, step-based,
sinusoidal, or white noise comprising.
A brief explanation of salient static and dynamic sensor characteristics is as follows:
• Accuracy: This property of a sensor ensures the retrieval of an output close to that
of the true value of the measured quantity. The determination of accuracy is
related to the deviation of repetitive measurements and involves absolute and
relative errors (Eqs. 2 and 3).
Absolute error ¼ Result-True value
Relative error ¼
Absolute error
True value
ð2Þ
ð3Þ
• Resolution: This is defined as the least variation in the input needed to effect a
detectable output change. In case the initial limit is “zero,” the resolution is
termed a “threshold.”
• Precision: This is defined as the progressive ability to repeatedly provide
unchanged results instead of a similar input under the definite prescribed conditions. This parameter indicates agreement and coherence between the successive
measurements and nowhere means the nearness to the true value. Hence, despite
being a necessity for accuracy, it is never a sufficient characteristic.
• Repeatability and reproducibility are the two parameters closely based on precision. The repeatability implies a precision of a set of measurements taken within a
short time interval while reproducibility infers the precision of a measurement set
taken over a long time interval or the results of experiments done by distinct
operators using dissimilar instruments or in distinctive working environments.
• Errors: Error could be defined as the deviation from the expected ideal working
state for which manifold factors could be responsible. Two major kinds of errors
in experimental measurements are systematic and random.
• The systematic errors result from a variety of factors such as modifying variables
(i.e., temperature), variations in chemical structure that manifest interactions with
the probe, human error (amidst sample loading), and transmission-attributed
signal attenuation. These errors could be corrected with the compensation
methods (i.e., feedback or filtering).
• Random errors arise due to a signal that is devoid of any information (noise).
Factors contributing to the generation of noise include repeatability of experimentalist (could be aggravated by the abnormal height of a rough surface),
environmental noise, and transmission noise (typically in the order of 60 Hz).
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
21
Fig. 11 Schematic representation of biosensor components, wherein analyte samples bind to the
probe. The mechanism of sensing is, no doubt, similar to the one depicted in Fig. 6, wherein the
recognition element is immobilized using membrane entrapment, covalent or noncovalent binding,
which maintains its bioactivity. Apart from this, an indirect process can also be used where a
biochemical reaction arises between the analyte and the biomaterial element that results in product
formation via the evolvement of heat, gas, ions, and electrons, which are subsequently measured by
the biorecognition element (sensory layer) to generate a specific chemical stimulus. The transducers
convert this chemical signal into an analogous electrical signal, which is further amplified by the
detector circuit
• For a minimized generation of random errors, the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR)
should be 1.
• Sensitivity: This is ascertained as the slope of the calibration curve (discussed in
the subsequent section) and should be ideally large and constant. Mathematically,
the sensitivity of a sensor is calculated by taking the first derivative of the
calibration curve equation.
• Linearity: The resemblance extent of the calibration curve to a specified
straight line.
• Hysteresis: The difference between two outputs corresponding to the same input,
depending on the trajectory followed by the sensor.
3.1.5 Sensor Calibration
• The output of a sensor analysis (in response to one or more input stimuli) is
usually obtained as a transfer function. Calibration implies checking, adjusting, or
determining via comparison with a standard. This infers a comparison between
multiple measurements.
• Typically, a sensor calibration involves the application of a range of known
physical inputs and subsequent recording of a system’s response. The calibration
provides desired justification for proper functioning by recording the outputs to
manifold input values other than the inputs used in course of calibration. Some
potential methods of sensor calibration are as follows:
• Estimation to obtain well-fitted points with the chosen calibration coordinates
(curve fitting via computational assessments of nearest trends followed)
22
P. Malik et al.
• Modification of the sensor properties to fit with determined transfer function
• Optimization of the acquired data by fitting them to a normalized distribution
function
• Design of a sensing-specific reference provision having resemblance with select
calibration stages
3.1.6 Biosensors
A biosensor is a specific sensor that utilizes biologically derived materials such as an
antibody, enzymes, protein, nucleic acid, living cells, and tissues as the recognition
element in the transduction process to measure certain chemical concentrations in a
biological system (Fig. 11).
3.2
Developmental Background of a Biosensor
• The first-ever use of biosensor terminology was made in 1906 when M. Cremer
demonstrated that the acidic load of a liquid varies directly with the electrical
potential difference between the separated zones partitioned by a glass
membrane.
• Subsequently, in 1999, the concept of pH (hydrogen ion concentration) was
unveiled by Soren Peder Lauritz Sorensen and an electrode for pH measurement
was designed in 1922 by W.S. Hughes (1922). Between 1909 and 1922, Griffin
and Nelson were the first to demonstrate the immobilization of invertase on
aluminum hydroxide and charcoal (Griffin and Nelson 1916).
• The first major attempt in the direction of a true biosensor development was put in
1956 by Leland C. Clark Jr., who explained the detection of oxygen. In course of
his experiments, investigator Clarke fabricated an “oxygen electrode” that is still
recognized as the “Clark electrode” and fetched the regard of “Father of Biosensors Development” Sir Clark (Heineman et al. 2006). This paved the way for
Biosensors
Biological element
Antibody
Enzyme
DNA
Biomimetic
Phage
Transducers type
Optical
FTIR and Raman
Surface plasmon
rexonance (SPR)
Optical fibre
Photospetrometric
Electrochemical
Potentiometric
Amperometric
Mass-based
Magnetoelectric
Piezoelectric
Conductometric
Impedimetric
Surface Acoustic
wave (SAW)
Quartz Crystal
microbalance
(QCM)
Fig. 12 Biosensors classification criterion
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
23
the making of amperometric electrodes working on an enzymatic titer basis to
quantify glucose in 1962. Eventually, the first-ever potentiometric biosensor was
designed by Guilbault and Montaly Jr. in 1969 for the detection of urea (Guilbault
and Montalvo Jr. 1969).
• With gradual developments, the first commercial biosensor was made public in
1975, developed by Yellow Spring Instruments (YSI). Subsequently, with the
advances in miniaturized sensing precision, the handheld human blood biosensor
was designed by i-STAT in 1992, indicating an era of remarkable progress for
biosensor development.
• The subject domain of “biosensors” remains a formidable multidisciplinary
research area, involving experts from all branches of basic sciences (physics,
chemistry, and biology) and their intensified merger with nanotechnologists,
microbiologists, and pharmacists. The decade from 2005 to 2015 lists >80,000
studies on biosensor fabrication and their diversified application domains.
3.3
Classification of Biosensors
• Biosensors are classified into two broad bases, either nature of biological element
or transducer type, briefly discussed in Fig. 12. The transducer-driven classification is more rigorous of the conventions as it has an exclusive say to the working
efficiency of the biological sensing. Fundamentally, a transducer converts the
intervening modifications prevailing in course of interaction between the biological probe and analyte into a measurable signal such as optical or electrical
current. The most common transducers for biosensors are electrochemical, optical, piezoelectric, and thermometric.
• Fundamentally, a transducer converts the intervening modifications prevailing in
course of interaction between the biological probe and analyte into a measurable
signal such as optical or electrical current. The most common transducers for
biosensors are electrochemical, optical, piezoelectric, and thermometric.
3.4
Biosensors Variations Through the Distinctive Transduction
Mechanisms
3.4.1 Electrochemical Transducers
• Potentiometric biosensors measure potential differences between two reference
electrodes separated by a semipermeable membrane. These biosensors are based
on an ion-selective electrode and ion-sensitive field-effect transistors (FETs). For
example, glucose oxidase can be immobilized on the surface of a pH electrode.
• Amperometric biosensors are used to determine the electric current developed
via biochemical redox reaction. The working principle of these biosensors
involves either the generation or consumption of an electroactive species as the
oxidation of glucose in presence of glucose oxidase forms gluconolactone.
24
P. Malik et al.
Scrutiny of the sensor using a Clark oxygen electrode is used to monitor the
depletion of oxygen that is countercompensated by glucose oxidation.
• Conductometric biosensors function at comparatively lower amplitude, changing potential difference, and do not mandate the inclusion of reference electrodes.
These biosensors eliminate the Faraday principle on electrodes, which generally
remains unaffected by light. The best explanation of this biosensing principle is
provided by the initial biosensors designed to monitor the kinetics of enzymatic
hydrolysis of urea via assessing urease actions in 1965. The functional configuration of this biosensor is comprised of two pairs of the platinum plate, each
placed in its explicit measuring cell (with and without enzyme, each). The
distinction in the signal response from both cells was monitored through which
the possibility of random errors (arising from temperature, buffer, and concentration changes) was reduced. The screening range of urea concentration was
within (1–75) mM while that for urease activity was within (0.04–2.5) units
per ml.
• Impedance-based biosensors (the principle also being referred to as impedimetric)
are made via immobilizing a biological recognition moiety onto a conductive and
biochemical electrode. The analyte presence in this configuration was ascertained
via monitoring variations in the interfacial impedance. Using biological probes
for these sensors involves the administration of a small-amplitude AC potential
difference to the sensor electrode. This is followed by measurement of in/out of
the phase current response as a function of frequency. The analyte molecules
could vary among the antibodies, receptor proteins, single-stranded DNA,
aptamers, and peptides.
3.4.2 Optical Transducers
• Based on fluorescence, absorption, internal reflection, surface plasmon resonance
(SPR), luminescence, and light scattering intensity.
• In these biosensors, a bound biological moiety on optical fiber interacts with its
target analyte and forms a complex having different optical behavior. For example, an immunosensor with SPR activity could be used to detect casein in milk.
3.4.3 Mass-Based Transducers
• In piezoelectric biosensors, crystalline materials such as quartz, gallium nitride, or
cadmium sulfide(s) are subjected to elastic deformation or mass variation under
the influence of electric potential. This ultimately generates resonant frequency
variations in the crystal. Bulk acoustic wave (BAW) and surface acoustic wave
(SAW) are two major propagation transducers used in such biosensors. Mechanistically, an acoustic wave is converted into a mechanical wave under the
influence of an electric field that propagates either through the surface (SAW)
or substrate (BAW). For instance, immobilized monoclonal antibodies (MAbs)
interact with their complimentary antigen, resulting in mass density variation as a
function of changing the resonant frequency.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
25
• Thermometric and calorimetric biosensors measure the heat generated in enzymecatalyzed reactions and are exothermic. Measuring heat capacity can be used to
determine analyte concentration and also rate of reaction.
Biosensors Classification Is Based on Distinct Biological Elements
Based on the nature of biological entities, biosensors are subcategorized as enzyme
sensors, DNA sensors, protein sensors, microbial sensors, and others. Above 80% of
the biosensors are electrochemical in nature. Here, biological entities act as a
recognition element, having the ability to recognize a single substrate among a
group (with different masses).
• Enzymatic Biosensors
In these biosensors, the substrate or product of an enzymatic reaction is electrochemically active and capable of being reversibly oxidized or reduced on an
electrode upon the application of a suitable potential. They are of two types, namely,
substrate and inhibitor biosensors. The former is used to determine specific reaction
substrates while the latter is used to screen the agents reducing an enzyme’s activity.
For example, glucose oxidase biosensor acts as substrate biosensor that determines
the glucose, whereas organophosphorus pesticide determination acts as an inhibitor
biosensor inhibiting acetylcholinesterase activity.
• Immunosensors
Immunoglobulins or antibodies are the proteins generated in response to foreign
particles (antigen) by an organism. These antibodies act as receptors and form a
strong complex on binding with antigens. Such biosensors are used to detect
antibodies having high specificity and selectivity. For instance, the existence of
immunoglobulins in the blood sample indicates infection emanated from certain
toxic constituents.
• DNA Biosensors
Apart from antibodies, aptamers are synthetic nucleic acids that interact with
proteins, cells, small molecules, and others. Their high specificity and affinity have
made them a promising protein recognition element. Compared with antibodies,
aptamers are highly stable and easy to synthesize. These biosensors are used to
identify infectious diseases via hybridization between the immobilized oligonucleotide probe and a complementary target sequence, on an electrode. Moreover, DNA
sensors are also used to expose several anticancer drugs, tumor markers hampering
DNA, and other regulatory proteins.
26
P. Malik et al.
• Microbial Biosensors
In these biosensors, microorganisms are used to detect a target substrate and
convert the generated biological response into a physiological, electrical, or biochemical response. Their sensing mechanism depends on conventional optical,
electrochemical, and sensory regulated devices. In contrast to the response of
enzymes or antibodies, the responses of microorganisms vary as per the culture
medium chemical composition. So, in microbial sensors, the biological element is
parted from the recording device. These sensors are almost similar to enzymatic
sensors, but the only difference is the group of enzymes that take part in converting
substrate rather than a single one. These sensors are also known as respiratory
biosensors as their respiratory response varies during the assimilation of organic
substances. Such sensors are used in determining the concentration of oxidizable
organics as well as antimicrobial agents. Other domains of application include
toxicological estimation and optimizing the antibiotic dosages. In addition, their
enzyme activities and stability can be enhanced using genetically engineered microorganisms. The best example of these sensors is toxin determination through luciferase inhibition, a microbial enzyme catalyzing the substrate with luminescence
production. Hence, the different biosensors have significant commercial importance
for their wide applications.
To reach everyone’s hand, a typical biosensor model should have the following
features:
• The biocatalyst should be stable under normal storage conditions and highly
specific for the analyses determination.
• Their reaction should be free of physical parameters such as pH, temperature,
stirring, and others.
• The response should be accurate, defined, reproducible, and linear over the
analytical parameter without dilution or concentration.
• The signal processing unit in the biosensors should be free from any arbitrary
electrical noise.
• For clinical studies, these sensors must be biocompatible and sterile.
• Finally, the model should be simple, low cost, portable, and be easily operable by
semiskilled operators.
Characteristics of Biosensors
As discussed for sensors (above), certain parameters and properties are mandatory to
be optimized for the best biosensor performance. These parameters are therefore
recognized as the character traits of a biosensor.
• The working description of biosensor operation is described by its selectivity,
reproducibility, stability, sensitivity, and linearity, which are together summed up
as the characteristics or “performance-defining” parameters. The following points
briefly describe these parameters with the intent to drive an optimum biosensor
working efficacy.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
27
• Selectivity: Perhaps the most critical characteristic of the typical working mode
of a biosensor, selectivity could be defined as the exclusive ability of a biological
probe to screen the analyte in varying chemical environments. Thereby, the
presence of contaminants of varying chemistry cannot affect the efficiency of
detecting a particular molecule. The best illustration of selectivity is provided by
antigen–antibody reaction, wherein immobilized Abs on the surface of a transducer are perceived discretely by the antigen comprising solution.
• Reproducibility: This characteristic of a biosensor relates to the generation of
similar responses corresponding to the detection of an analyte in distinctive
chemical environments. The high reproducibility of a biosensor inevitably
depends on the precision and accuracy of the transduction phenomenon and
electronic sensitivity. Precision implies the ability to generate unaltered outcomes
corresponding to multiple attempts of screening an analyte. Contrary to this,
accuracy infers a sensor’s ability to generate an average output (in multiple
attempts) nearing the absolute value instead of multiple measurements. Reproducible outcomes of biosensing are the indicators of high reliability and stimulus
adjustment of a typical analysis.
• Stability: This property of a biosensor quantifies the susceptibility corresponding
to the alterations of distinct sample configurations. These deviations together
culminate as differences in the output signals from the standard results (estimated
from the database in response to a specific analyte). As a result, estimated titers
are accompanied by errors, affecting the precision and accuracy. This property of
a biosensor working holds significant relevance for the analysis mandating
optimum incubation or monitoring. The operational working of transducers and
electronics digitalization must remain unaffected by temperature and other likely
involuntary deviations in the vicinity. Thus, appropriate adjustment of electronics
is a mandatory requirement to ensure a stable response of the sensor. The affinity
of the bioreceptor (the extent to which an analyte binds the bioreceptor) is another
factor that could affect biosensor stability. Bioreceptors with high affinities
usually result in aggressive electrostatic bonding or covalent linkage of the
analyte that compromises biosensor stability. So, it must be ensured that binding
activities do not at all induce any structural insult to the native analyte and sensing
element configuration. It must also be ensured that the chosen bioreceptor does
not undergo any degradation over a due passage of time.
• Sensitivity: This refers to the minimum extent of analyte that can be detected by a
biosensor probe, also considered the limit of detection (LOD). Several applications from medical sciences to environmental contamination monitoring and
others mandate the analyte detection to the extent of nano or even lower ranges
per ml of the analyzed fluid. The lower the determined extent, the higher the
sensitivity, and ultimately least chances of contamination would remain. For
instance, the general recommendation of biopsy tests by doctors in response to
prostate cancer is made subject to a minimum 4 ng•ml 1 prostate-specific antigen
(PSA) blood concentration.
• Linearity: This characteristic of a biosensor ascertains the accuracy of a measured response (corresponding to a set of measurements in response to varying
28
P. Malik et al.
analyte concentrations). Ideally, a graphical dependence of the output signal on
the analyte concentration is deemed as a straight line, y ¼ mx, where y is the
output signal, x is the analyte concentration, and m is the biosensor sensitivity.
The linearity of a biosensor is associated with its resolution and the range of
analyte concentrations being examined. Resolution of a biosensor could be
defined as the smallest change in analyte concentration deemed suitable to effect
a response variation. Although it varies with the application concerned in general,
a good resolution argues well for biosensor performance as the use of biosensor
not only pertains to analyte detection but also determining its concentration over
wide working ranges. Extensive studies monitoring a biosensor response define
the corresponding linear range, which refers to the range of analyte concentrations
corresponding to which a biosensor response varies linearly with concentration.
4
Improving the Working Efficacy of a Biosensors
The typical working efficacy of a biosensor is discretely affected by the optimal
contribution of each of its above characteristics. In convention, the electrically active
mammalian cells cultured on extracellular electrode arrays are used to detect bioactive agents. As cells are easily affected by varying environmental conditions,
environmental and biochemical variations can easily trigger cellular responses that
contribute to noise in a mammalian cell-driven biosensor. Thus, it is highly essential
to maintain the growth supporting pH, temperature, and osmolarity so that the native
detection sensitivity of living cells is not altered and could be rightly exercised. It is
observed that the response of a growing mammalian cell is significantly distinct
through its different growth stages, owing to growth or instantaneously specific
biochemical secretion by a host cell. Other than environmental and biochemical
factors, the performance efficacy of a biosensor is also affected by the distinct
recognition of two closely resembling stimuli. For example, distinct recognition of
microbial stains collected from the air and infected sufferer is significantly cumbersome and the one from the air is easily accepted to be much more heterogeneous.
Similarly, the detection of proteins produced by a microbial cell and an agricultural
crop plant mandates the right selection of distinctive markers for optimum assay
design. Thus, for a distinct recognition, it is a must to identify distinguishable
markers in the screened cells. With the advancement in characterization techniques,
it has become quite handy to screen the distinctive markers among multiple sources
of a similar biostimulus. Apart from discrete markers, efficient and prompt functioning of recognition and transduction domains of a biosensor is highly desired.
The following are some aspects of the modulation of which the rapid and
implicit response from a biosensor could be optimized:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Enhancing detection sensitivity
Incorporation of nanomaterials
Reduced detection time and analyte quantity
Reusable substrate–analyte interactive platforms
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
29
A brief discussion of all these parameters is provided next.
4.1
Enhancing Detection Sensitivity
Detection sensitivity (DS) infers the minimal intensity of the input signal distinctly
recognized by a sensing probe. This could also be considered as the least count
extent of a designed sensing configuration. In practice, every scientific instrument or
probe has a defined workable range, and sometimes for the measurements beyond
these extents, accessories in the functional setup are combined. A perfect example of
DS-based biosensors differentiation could be the distinctive diagnosis protocols for
screening more than one kind of infection. The protocol used for screening jaundice
provides a negative response if used for diagnosing dengue or typhoid. The programmable mechanisms of each diagnostic kit are tuned specifically concerning
characteristic antigens and are highly optimized for specific responses. Now, if we
compare the detection mechanisms specified to a particular response, we notice that
the recognition efficacy of two or more probes differs from each other, like the
response time of human and mouse brains to a similar external shock or even
between two human beings belonging to a different geography. Likewise, the time
taken by an electric rod and gas heater to heat two water samples having identical
initial temperatures is quite different, owing to the dissimilar DS. So, the distinctive
probe configuration concerning screened analyte manifests the presumably distinctive DS. Some primitive aspects of DS are described next.
• The probe–analyte interactions in a biosensor working are strictly physicochemical and therefore highly delicately influenced by probe geometry (size and
surface area). However, detection is not merely dependent on physical contact
and is perceived only by the generation of a signal in response to the perceived
signal. A fine illustration of DS could be gathered by the understanding of the
Vernier caliper (VC) and a simple plastic scale. While both are designed to
measure length, the former has a lower least count. Similarly, chemical indicators
(used for screening acidity or alkalinity) respond variably to a reached or modulated pH level.
• We observe that in both instances the probes provide varying inputs, although
they are prepared to perceive a similar quantity. Interestingly, the response time in
screening a stimulus is not at all dependent on the analyte configurations but on
the programmed working algorithm of the probe.
• While both the discussed instances involve physical entities (electric heater-rod
and Vernier caliper-plastic ruler), the mammalian cell-based sensors are quite
distinct as the living cells are to be used as probes. The typical response in such
cases is the outcome of implicit probe–analyte interactions, and it is obvious to
anticipate a faster response for a stronger analyte–probe interaction. So, if an
analyte interacts strongly with a probe, it is very much likely that it would be
perceived easily. For example, glucose oxidase perceives glucose from the blood
and several other mixed solutions, and thereby the DS of a mammalian cell-based
30
P. Malik et al.
sensor working through glucose oxidase as a probe would be highest for glucose
than other carbohydrates or proteins.
• The analyte concentration and texture are crucial parameters affecting the DS of a
probe. Although the probe is implicitly specific to an analyte, the latter’s high
proportion in the scrutinized sample serves as a positive factor for prompt
detection. The morphology or texture of the analyte is a highly vital prospect
affecting an analyte DS, wherein a nano-thin analyte layer is much easier to be
detected rather than its bulk form. This is because the energy levels in a nanomaterial are continuous and the possibilities of intramolecular transitions are
much higher.
• Enhanced DS is of critical importance in diagnostic purposes as the distinctive
ascertainment of physiological infections is of paramount importance to advise or
suggest the cure. So, the right interaction of probe and analyte forms the key to
providing a reliable detection response. It is practically very much infeasible to
expect that two or more biosensing responses develop similar DS with the same
probe. Though, it is possible that certain modifications of the probe could reduce
the detection time of analyte recognition. This is attained through nanotechnological interventions, wherein NMs having infinitesimal closer energy levels
(owing to a feasibility prevalence of quantum mechanics) could perceive even a
slight change in the surrounding environment with a prompt change in their
characteristic response. The following section discusses the various NMs being
used to improve the sensing probe detection efficacy via prompt recognition and
substantially reduced times.
4.2
Incorporation of Nanomaterials
• The realm of materials chemistry accompanied by sophisticated characterization
tools forming most fundamental links to explore the possibilities at atomic-scale
resolution has been the reason to make the best use of enhanced surface area and
reduced activation energy of NMs for accomplishing a faster response generation.
• Manifold NMs such as metal nanoparticles (NPs), carbon NMs (carbon nanotubes, fullerenes, quantum dots), and functionalized assemblies of distinctive
materials are being used with increasing interest to fasten the sensing interactions
and reduce the response times for a prompt detection mechanism.
• A prominent feature of all NMs is their high specific surface area (surface area to
volume ratios), which aids in the attainment of the enhanced extent of bioreceptor
units. While using NMs with the biosensors, a consistent challenge has been the
immobilization-driven conjugation of a biospecific entity over the NMs. Readers
are suggested to refer Putzbach and Ronkainen’s 2013 contribution to the different biofunctionalization mechanisms of NMs.
• The major noncovalent approaches to mediate the conjugation of nanomaterial and
biological entities are electrostatic interactions, π–π stacking, polymeric entrapment, and van der Waals forces. These binding interfaces exhibit the desired
properties of a nanomaterial as well as a biomolecule. While the covalent binding
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
•
•
•
•
•
31
is often recognized as the regulatory force for biomolecules–nanomaterial attachment, distinguished via stability, reproducibility of surface functionalization
besides decreasing nonspecific physisorption. A potential concern with covalent
biomolecule–nanomaterial linkage is the unrestrained anchoring that is probable to
affect the recognition determining domain.
Immobilization of biomolecules by supramolecular or coordinative interactions
has garnered significant recognition over the past few years for assisting the
binding of biological species to surfaces. A familiar instance applied for biosensor
engineering comprises biotin/avidin (or streptavidin) system (Wilchek and Bayer
1988). This mechanism works by the attachment of biotinylated molecules to
biotinylated surfaces via avidin bridges. Other affinity configurations are also
reported such as nitrilotriacetic acid (NTA/Cu+2/histidine complex) or the
host–guest system (adamantine/β-cyclodextrin) (Haddour et al. 2005). The preferred benefits of such systems over other immobilization methods include
reversibility and the possibility of regenerating the transducer component. The
functionalized transducer surface and altered bioreceptor configuration could be
separately prioritized on a one-to-one basis, thereby assuring reproducibility.
Depending on specific chemical compositions, nearly all NMs can be
functionalized either via the direct route (during the synthesis) or by coating
functional polymers without altering their specific characteristics (Biju 2014).
Thus, the functionalization in NMs not only enables a reproducible immobilization of receptors but also improves biocompatibility.
A major advantage of the use of NMs in biosensing is the progress of label-free
transduction mechanisms, together contributing to obvious signal amplifications
upon being used as labels. Such ability of NMs resolves the hurdles caused by no
direct detection of recognition event by the used transduction technique (the usual
observation in course of antigen–antibody immunoreactions or amidst the hybridization of complementary DNA strands). In both these cases, biologically specific
constituents (secondary antibodies or DNA strands) modified with optical or
electrochemical transduction-compatible labels need to be used.
Most well-documented and reported NMs used to improve the performance of the
biosensor include gold (Au) NPs, quantum dots (QDs), magnetic nanoparticles
(MNPs), and the nanostructures of carbon.
The salient aspects of each of these entities concerning improved biosensor
performance are described next.
4.2.1 Gold Nanoparticles
• The major reasons for the increasing application of gold (Au) NPs in biosensor
development are their relatively high biocompatibility, size and shape tunable
optical and electronic properties, robust preparation methods with significant
reproducibility, and, most importantly, the ease of being functionalized with
several biomolecules.
• Belonging to the 11th group and the 6th period of the periodic table, Au has a
stable electronic configuration with a filled 5d orbital (10 electrons) and a halffilled 6s orbital. Several methods are known for the preparation of Au NPs, of
32
P. Malik et al.
Fig. 13 Pictorial depiction of polarized electron density corresponding to the resonant excitation
wavelength. Excitation with wavelengths lower than the particle dimensions prevented the propagation of surface plasmons along the surface of Au NPs, inducing the polarization of electron cloud
in a peculiar periphery of the particle
Gold nanoparticle lable
(40 nm)
E field enhancement
Secondary Antibody
Antibody (target)
Antigen
5 nm
Gold surface
Fig. 14 Representation of attenuated propagating surface plasmons on Au surfaces provoked by
defined size Au NPs, which are at a finite distance, leading to a surplus change of evanescent field
and ultimately to an enhanced signal
which the most prominent is the approach proposed by Turkevich and coworkers.
This method uses HAuCl4 as the Au precursor salt and trinitrate as a reducing
agent. The method is a chemical reduction approach, and its several modifications
(using distinct reducing agents) are also known. In the mechanism proposed by
Turkevich and colleagues, it is well reported that varying the combination
stoichiometry of precursor (here, HAuCl4) and the reducing agent could provide
variations in the sizes of generated NPs. A lower size generally argues for a
greater nanoscale effect (high energy conversion) due to greater manifested
quantum confinement. It is due to high native stability that NPs of Au exhibit
significant potential to immobilize mammalian cells with minimal risk of crossreactivity and toxic responses (Turkevich et al. 1951).
• Among the manifold sensing incentives of Au NPs is the optical behavior,
wherein irradiation with a specific wavelength of light oscillates the electrons in
the conduction band, referred to as resonant surface plasmons. Of note, every
material comprises an energy barrier separated by valence and conduction bands.
At the ground state, all constituent electrons lie in the valence band but on gaining
energy (as temperature, interacting moieties, etc.) these gain entry in the
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
•
•
•
•
•
33
conduction band. The mechanism by which size-dependent optical attributes of
Au NPs aid in obtaining an improved sensing response is optimized by the
interaction of incident light wavelength with smaller particle size.
The interaction of such a smaller NP size with the incident wavelength forbids the
propagation of oscillating electrons along the surface (unlike conventional SPR).
This results in the electron density polarization on one side of the particle with a
simultaneous oscillation of plasmons in resonance with the light frequency
(Fig. 13). This experience is sensitively dependent on NP size and shape as
well as the dielectric constant of the environment.
The environmental dependence of such light–matter interaction comprises a
substantial gain for bioanalytics as the recognition can result in varied oscillation
frequency that ultimately results in a color change of Au NPs, on being observed
with the bare eye. Several robust and modestly functioning colorimetric biosensors are reported for DNA or oligonucleotides detection.
Au NPs are also preferred for bioanalysis through SPR transduction and through a
change in the dielectric constant of propagating surface plasmon environment of
Au films. This facilitates the detection of analyte(s) in multiple manners such as
through changes in the angle, intensity, or reflected light phase.
A modification in the above technique could be mediated using the Au films and
NPs in a sandwich regime. The surface plasmons on Au NPs instigate a disturbance of the native optical field of Au film besides immobilized bioreceptors unit
and recognized analyte. Figure 14 pinpoints the optical configuration of this
approach for <40 nm Au NPs working at a 5 nm separation from the Au film
surface. Here, Au NPs function as labels on being attached to secondary antibodies or DNA strands. Despite further preparative steps being needed for a labelless detection, such an approach facilitates a signal enhancement by several orders
of magnitude.
Au NPs can also aid in the generation of a signal transformation, facilitating
discrete single-molecule detection. The working module is activated by a perception of the refractive index of localized surface plasmon resonance (LSPR)
conjugated with enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) through 60 nm
NPs. Procedurally, horseradish peroxidase (HRP) was immobilized on Au NPs
through biotin–streptavidin conjugation. Detection is made using the principle
illustrated by Chen and associates, wherein HRP oxidizes the soluble monomer,
3,30 -diaminobenzidine (DAB), to insoluble and colored polybenzimidazole. This
reaction resulted in aggregation in the enzyme surroundings and facilitated the
precise detection of even a single HRP molecule bound to Au NPs. In this way,
Au NPs spectrum and excitation of energy levels are well suited for sensitive
biosensing aided using surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS).
Based on surface plasmon-enabled signal amplification of adsorbed or immobilized
compounds’ vibrational spectrum, it is possible to reach the detection range to an
extent of a single molecule. Regarding formal restrictions of the reference inclusion,
the studies referred to or recalled for the above facts and accomplishments could be
traced to the 2014 Frontiers in Chemistry contribution of Holzinger and colleagues
(Holzinger et al. 2014).
34
P. Malik et al.
• Apart from interesting optical properties, Au NPs also exhibit an inherent ability
to transfer electrons across a wide range of electronically responsive biological
species and electrodes. This attribute of Au NPs is in high demand for redox
enzyme-assisted biological sensing having the bioreceptors capable of catalyzing
the analyte oxidation or reduction. The distinguishing aspect of such Au
NPs-assisted redox signaling from that of conventional electrochemical enzyme
biosensors is that in the normal setup the generated species are oxidized or
reduced to generate an electrochemical signal. A major issue with this methodology is the diffusion of noticeable molecules to the electrode from where a
considerable extent is lost in the solution. This hurdle is resolved by the electron
shuttle-like behavior of Au NPs, that is, the NPs could approach the redox center
of the enzyme, regenerating the biocatalyst by transferring the electrons (in the
redox reaction) to the electrode (Fig. 14).
• A significant attempt to improve the sensitivity of the biosensor using 20 nm
colloidal Au NPs improved the DS of an amplitude-sensitive paired surface plasma
wave biosensor (PSPWB) from 0.001% sucrose in an aqueous state and subsequent
biomolecular interaction of 10 pg•ml 1 mouse IgG with anti-mouse IgG. It was
noticed that 20 nm colloidal Au NPs conjugated with target molecules enabled a
greater mass coverage with a larger resonant angle change of plasmon resonance,
resulting in a significant enhancement of DS. The uncoated Au NPs, which are
randomly suspended in solution, enabled a distinct recognition of biologically
specific binding-induced signal enhancement. The Au NP-conjugated protein A
(PA-Au) on interacting with mouse IgG (immobilized over a CM5 sensor chip) was
screened with a 330 fg•ml 1 sensitivity, thereby enabling nearly sixfold signal
amplification compared to similar PA concentrations that are not conjugated with
Au NPs (Hsieh-Ting Wu et al. 2007).
• The feasibility of multiple functionalization modes enables Au NPs to function
well as combination probes facilitated via distinctive interactions. For instance,
hybrid electrodes using Au NPs in combination with silicon oxide, carbon
nanosphere, and calcium carbonate have been recently reported to enable synergistic responses in analytical performances (Li et al. 2010). A different study by
Cai and colleagues demonstrated a ratiometric electrochemical method using
polythionine-Au as an electrode. The developed immunosensor exhibited an
enhanced specificity over a wide linear range with 2.2 pg•ml 1 LOD (Cai et al.
2016).
• Thus, the outstanding tunable and optimized properties of Au NPs propel them as
promising candidates not merely in bioanalytics through manifold mechanisms.
Such abilities of Au NPs are largely due to the shape and size-dependent
properties, allowing an accomplishment of desired applications. The performance
attributes represent the manifestations of discrete optical, catalytic, and electronic
responses of Au NPs.
4.2.2 Quantum Dots
• Arguably the most exciting NMs, QDs typically constitute the luminescent
semiconducting nanocrystals (NCs) having 3D restricted motion of charge
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
35
Fig. 15 An illustration of QD sorting in accord with size-emitting light of different colors excited
simultaneously by a single-excitation wavelength
carriers. This restriction is termed “quantum confinement (QC),” a typical determinant of nanoscale influence in the material dimensions. The QDs, with 3D QC,
exhibit a restricted motion of charge carriers in all the three dimensions. Owing to
this, the fascination toward their biosensing application draws interest from their
size-dependent optical and electronic energies. This is the reason for different
colors of varying QD sizes. Their use in biosensing revolves around the principle
of labeled antibodies to which the test antigen binds and results in the binding
intensity proportional to color development. The exhibited color is an indication
of perceived binding energy from the antigen–antibody interactions. The native
electronic behavior of a QD is semiconducting. Readers are suggested to consult
the 2009 review article by Drbohlavova and colleagues to know about the referred
articles in this section unless specifically stated otherwise (Drbohlavova et al.
2009).
• Two approaches for QDs’ preparation are well demonstrated to date. The first
involves a form of semiconductor NPs through colloidal chemistry while the
second one involves the epitaxial growth using lithography. The colloidal chemistry mechanism involves the rapid injection of semiconductor precursors into hot
and vigorously stirred specific organic solvent containing molecules capable of
coordinating with the surface of precipitated QD particles. This mechanism is
facile and is referred to as a single-step method in many literature sources. For
biological systems, QDs are extensively used in the solution phase. Many studies
have documented an urgent need for the deposition of QDs on multiple solid
surfaces for biomedical applications. In this context, an alternative promising
approach for biological applications is to use QDs labeled biofunctional carrier
spheres.
• Optical characterization is generally accomplished using UV-Vis and photoluminescence spectroscopy, offering a rapid, safe, and contactless option. The
optical attributes are majorly inferred through fluorescence emission and can be
fine-tuned by size variation, a prominent factor that ascertains spectral position
and photoluminescence purity extent. The size estimations of QDs are usually
made through SEM, transmission electron microscopy (TEM), and dynamic light
scattering (DLS). One study by Gu and colleagues reported the size and composition of optically active CdZnSe/ZnBeSe QDs through photoluminescence,
photoluminescence excitation, and Raman scattering spectroscopies combined
with photoluminescence and LO phonon energies model (refer Drbohlavova et al.
2009 for discussed studies).
• In general, the QD size ranges from (2–30) nm though some literature sources list
the diameter as strictly less than 10 nm. Typical dimensions exclusively depend
36
P. Malik et al.
on the used material for their preparation. Evidence and consensus for calling a
nanoparticle QD is the prevalence of QC, present when an NP radius is lower than
one of the Bohr electron, hole, or exciton radii. Since the Bohr radius varies from
one to another material, it would therefore not be right to coin an NP as QD
merely based on its size. Constitutionally, QDs can be metallic (Ni, Co, Pt, or Au)
or semiconducting. The reduced dimensions of QDs are the manifestations of
significantly distinct characteristics compared to bulk solids, arising from the
concomitant quantum confinement effects (Fig. 15).
• Thus, by varying the NC sizes, a large range of emission wavelengths could be
detected, thereby supporting efficient multiplexed analysis using conventional
optical transduction. The concerns in the detection efficacy might be incurred
owing to structural defects in the crystal lattice that trap the excited electrons or
holes and ultimately result in nonradiative relaxation.
To counter this, the composite morphology is adopted, wherein wider band gap
energy material is composited with the native QD and the surface defects are
hindered. The high photochemical stability of such QDs’ architecture has emerged
as a promising alternative and amicably replaced organic fluorophores (ReschGenger et al. 2008).
• To date, one of the most studied QDs for biosensing purpose is comprised of
cadmium chalcogenides (S, Se, and Te), having a significant absorption spectrum
and a size-dependent narrow emission spectrum. Such absorption and emission
attributes of QDs are the outcomes of their characteristic valence and conduction
band gaps, which in turn are the implicit functions of crystal sizes. This energy
gap is a quantitative estimate of electronic excitation from the valence to the
conduction band with a smaller crystal size corresponding to a high energy gap,
resulting in distinct emission wavelengths arising out of electron–hole recombination (Poznyak et al. 2004). The latest progress in QDs’ design provides them
Cl-
+
NH
O
O
C
1
OH
O
S
O
Semi-stable amine
reactive NHS-ester
O
Cl-+
NH
O
Carboxylate
molecule
C
N
C
O
NH
O
O
1
N
EDC C
N
Unstable reactive
acylisourea ester
O
O
O
N
S
C
O
O
1
O
HO
2
N
O
sulfo-NHS
NH2
O
C
1
2
N
H
Stable amide bond
Scheme 1 The EDC–NHS coupling reaction for manifesting carboxylic group as stable amide
linkage. The method utilizes a hydrophilic probe to manifest its –COOH functional group as –NH2
linkage of the product
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
37
with inert or biocompatible coatings, whereby nearly every biomolecule could be
attached to these without any undesired effects on photophysical recombination.
• QDs exhibit significant promise in biosensing arising out of their unique physical
and optical attributes that facilitate an attachment of multiple biomolecules on
their surface. Several assays of QDs are in practice having improved the conventional detection methods of DNA and protein. For instance, the detection of
adenosine triphosphate (ATP) using a QD-tagged nucleic acid bound to manifold
molecular targets (thrombin, adenosine, or cocaine, to name a few) has been
described. Biomolecules can be bound to QDs’ surface either directly (via
covalent or noncovalent mechanisms) or through an intervening stabilizing
layer that acts as a cross-linker between ligand and reactive NP surface. Noncovalent and direct binding can be accomplished through an electrostatically
coupled strategy. Compared to the more common covalent mechanisms, the
noncovalent self-assembly is simpler and easy to reproduce and accomplish.
Using this approach, cysteamine-stabilized CdTe QDs have been reported to
bind the single-stranded DNA via electrostatic attraction between positively
charged –NH2 groups on QDs’ surface and the negatively charged phosphate
backbone of DNA.
• The covalent bioconjugation mechanism works via the replacement of thiol acids
on QDs’ surface with thiolated biomolecules. One study using this binding
mechanism has reported covalent linkage of streptavidin maleimide or to conjugated transferrin and mouse anti-human CD71 MAb to CdSe/ZnS QDs.
The use of hydrophilic 1-ethyl-3(3-dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) and N-hydroxysulfosuccinimide (NHS) for forming QD–protein
covalent conjugates is a familiar coupling method. The coupling aims toward the
use of the hydrophilic compound as a carboxyl activating agent for coupling primary
amines to form amide bonds (Scheme 1).
Using the EDC–NHS coupling probe, Wang and the group reported the conjugation of hydrophilic 3-mercaptopropyl acid-stabilized CdTe NPs with the peptides
or proteins mediated by NHS.
Fig. 16 Mouse embryonic
stem cells labeled with six
distinct QDs were
subcutaneously injected on
the back of a thymic nude
mice on immediate injection.
(Adapted from Drbohlavova
et al. 2009)
38
P. Malik et al.
• The coupling of biomolecules through QDs is more easily accomplished by the
core–shell configuration, typically characterized by a CdSe core enclosure in a
ZnS shell. Under these configurations, the core is a typical identifier of the band
gap and the consequent emission pattern. Since the red shift in the optical
spectrum is well known for high particle size, emission characteristics of a QD
are modulated via an appropriate selection of material whose core size can be
altered. Likewise, the emission spectra could also be changed through varying the
Cd to Zn proportion but not the overall NC size at all. Based on such traits,
multiple core–shell configurations of QDs are known, having the core comprising
an emissive semiconductor (CdSe, CdTe, etc.), which is capped with a thin shell
of higher band energy gap material (ZnS, CdS, ZnSe, etc.).
• There are multiple ways in which one can use QDs for biological cell/tissue
labeling and cellular imaging, both in vitro and in vivo. Hybrid nanostructures
comprising the QDs–liposomal assemblies are being swiftly developed and are
studied for efficient uptake ability by the living cells in case of defective apoptotic
controls. Such structural assemblies are best suited as fluorescent probes for
ex vivo labeling using hydrophilic QDs with no other changes. In a related
study, Kerman and colleagues demonstrated a sandwich immunoassay made up
of QD-labeled assemblies for detection of total prostate-specific antigen (TPSA),
a prominent tumor marker on a screen-printed carbon substrate.
• Modifications are also well known for the use of QDs in molecular tracking via
immunohistochemistry, affably substituting the fluorescent beads used to ascertain the motion of neurotransmitters. The (10–20) nm dimensions of molecular
detection-suited QDs contrary to that of 500 nm for the latex beads, allowing an
in-depth analysis of an individual receptor’s lateral movement. The use of QDs
has also been illustrated for the detection of genetic diseases via combined
imaging with stage-specific scanning confocal microscopy (SCM), which traces
the QDs not exhibiting any chromatin aberration, with a resolution of >10 nm.
Infrared QDs have also been studied as handy probes for noninvasive in vivo
detection, largely within small animals, substituting the poorly stable and low
quantum yield of conventional IR-sensitive organic fluorophores (Fig. 16). Likewise, Lin and colleagues studied the in vivo multiplex imaging of mouse embryonic
stem cells labeled with peptide-based Qtracker (a dye)-delivered QDs and noticed
that QD labeling of mouse ES cells did not adversely affect the viability, proliferation, and differentiation.
• QDs have also been used in the nucleus labeling within the live cells. The studies
of Chen and Gerion deserve a mention here, wherein it was noticed that nuclear
localization signals (called viral peptides) conjugated with CdSe/ZnS QDs did not
exhibit any toxic response within the HeLa cells. Similarly, Lieleg and colleagues
developed a specific method of labeling membrane integrins in living osteoblasts
using functionalized QDs. The investigators used cyclic Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD)
tripeptide sequence and a biotin–streptavidin linkage to specifically couple individual QDs with integrin. Interestingly, even though observations revealed a
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
39
Table 6 The different configurations of magnetically sensitive materials used for biological
sensing
Type of magnetism
Diamagnetism
Atomic/magnetic behavior
Constituent atoms have no
magnetic moment
Susceptibility is small and
negative( 10 6 to 10 5)
Paramagnetism
Constituent atoms have randomly
oriented magnetic moments
Susceptibility is small and positive
(10 5 to 10 3)
Ferromagnetism
Atoms have parallel aligned
magnetic moments
Susceptibility is large (below Tc)
Antiferromagnetism
Atoms have antiparallel aligned
magnetic moments
Susceptibility is small and positive
(10 5 to 10 3)
Atoms have mixed parallel and
antiparallel aligned magnetic
moments, below T ¼ Tc, magnetic
susceptibility is high
Ferrimagnetism
Examples
Inert gases; metals such as Au, Hg,
Cu; nonmetallic elements, e.g., B,
Si, P, S; many ions such as Na+,
Cl , and their salts; diatomic
molecules like H2, N2, H2O, most
organic compounds
Certain metals, e.g., Al, some
diatomic gases, e.g., O2, NO, ions
of transition metals and rare earth
metals and their salts, rare earth
oxides
Transition metals Fe, H, Co, Ni,
rare earth with (64–69) ranged
mass number, alloys of
ferromagnetic elements, some Mn
alloys, e.g., MnBi, Cu2MnAl
Transition metals like Mn, Cr, and
several of their compounds, e.g.,
MnO, CoO, NiO, MnS, MnSe,
Cr2O3
Fe3O4 (magnetite), Fe2O3
(maghemite), mixed oxides of Fe,
and other elements such as Sr
significant decline in the number of blinking QDs but simulations inferred no
harm of blinking QDs to quantitative screening of integrin trajectories.
• Erstwhile studies have demonstrated the luminescent cell marker-equivalent
functioning of QDs, having an ability to discretely identify the specific molecular
structures. The use of multicolor cellular labeling with QDs is already wellestablished, involving receptor-mediated uptake or via random endocytosis that
employs the passive transport strategies to transport NPs across the cellular
membranes. Such incentives eliminated the risk-prone external material cellular
transfer methods of microcapillary injection and electroporation (using cell membrane mechanical defects to penetrate across cell membranes), in turn creating
awareness about the comparatively safer endocytosis approach.
• Thus, the sensing capability of QDs is substantially mediated by optoelectronic
and medicinal applications. Swift efforts are in progress to enhance the biosensing
applications of QDs by reducing their toxicity. The attempts in this regard include
a coating of QDs surface with a protective and stabilizing shell so that they could
be safely used for bioconjugation with proteins, peptides, or other chemical
moieties. An important observation has been the high stability of the round
shape of QDs for their biosensing applications using them in the solution/colloidal phase.
40
P. Malik et al.
4.2.3 Magnetic Nanoparticles
• Among the most promising alternatives to fluorescent labels in biosensors, MNPs
are unique entities exhibiting characteristically distinct magnetic behavior compared to bulk material due to a reduced number of magnetic domains. Magnetic
domains refer to regions of parallel magnetic moments caused by the unpaired
interacting electrons in an atom. The fundamental source of magnetic force is the
movement of electrically charged particles.
So, the magnetic behavior of a material is a direct function of its atomic structure.
Electrons in an atom exhibit two kinds of motions, one a planetary motion around the
nucleus while another is a motion about their spin. Both these motions manifest
distinctive magnetic moments, together contributing to the magnetic behavior of a
material.
• Based on magnetic behavior, all materials can be classified into five distinct
categories depending on their bulk magnetic susceptibility. The two most common variations of magnetism are diamagnetism and paramagnetism, accounting
for the magnetic properties of most of the periodic table elements at room
temperature (RT). The magnetic effect in materials is also understood by its
prevalence in isolated elements or compounds. Going by this logic, the magnetically sensitive elements are included under the category ferromagnetic. Antiferromagnetism is another form of magnetic behavior noticed in pure elements at
RT. Another magnetic effect is ferromagnetic, which is not at all observed in any
pure element but is found only in pure compounds such as mixed oxides. Table 6
lists the different kinds of magnetic behavior in elements with suitable examples
of each category
• In a diamagnetic material, the magnetic moments of constituent atoms are aligned
to nullify each other’s contribution in the absence of an applied magnetic field.
However, as soon as an external magnetic field (H) is applied, the electrons
undergo spinning motions, which generate an electrical current and ultimately
an oppositely directed magnetization concerning that of the applied magnetic
field. Readers must note here that all magnetically responsive materials exhibit a
diamagnetic effect, but it often remains masked by greater paramagnetic or
ferromagnetic sensitivities, which inevitably remain unaffected by the
temperature.
• Multiple explanations and justifications are known for paramagnetism, holding
distinctive validity for different kinds of materials. For instance, the behavior of
materials characterized by noninteracting localized electrons is explained by
Langevin model, which works under the assumption that each atom has a
randomly oriented magnetic moment due to thermal agitation. The application
of a magnetic field modulates these randomly oriented magnetic moments,
resulting in a gradual generation of low magnetization in a direction similar to
that of the applied magnetic field. With a temperature rise, it becomes tedious to
align these magnetic moments, resulting in decreased susceptibility. This kind of
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
41
response is recognized by “Curie’s law” (Eq. 4), C being a material constant, also
termed as “Curie’s constant.”
χ ¼
C
T
ð4Þ
Materials obeying this law have their magnetic moments localized at the atomic
or ionic sites with no interaction between neighboring magnetic moments. Equation 4
is a special case of generalized Curie–Weiss law (Eq. 5) having a temperature
constant θ, which refers to the inclination at which a material is placed concerning
the applied magnetic field.
χ ¼
C
T
θ
ð5Þ
It is important to note here that for a nonzero value of θ in Eq. 5 interaction
happens between neighboring magnetic moments and the material is paramagnetic
only above a certain transition temperature. The discussion here is restricted to
diamagnetic and paramagnetic materials, and for other materials, readers are advised
to refer the more specific literature sources (Issa et al. 2013).
• Pauli’s model for paramagnetic behavior is deemed fit for materials having free
electrons, deemed helpful in the interaction-driven formation of the conduction
band. As per this model, conduction electrons are fundamentally free electrons
that manifest an imbalance between the electrons with oppositely directed spin,
generating a low magnetization in the direction of the applied magnetic field. The
corresponding susceptibility of the material is not affected by the temperature
until the electronic band structure is altered.
4.2.4 Biosensor Utilities of Magnetic Nanoparticles
• Utility attributes of MNPs for improved biosensing could be via their integration
into transducer materials or dispersion within the sample followed by their control
using an external magnetic field onto the active detection surface. Sensing
mechanisms based on MNPs offer benefits in terms of analytical figures of
merit such as enhanced sensitivity, low LOD, high SNR, and shorter analysis
time compared to those for non-MNP-based strategies. Biosensors employing
MNPs have been reported significantly for the detection of several analytes,
distinguished via a linear range of detection and extremely low LOD extents.
Table 7 provides a list of such biosensors working through distinctive transduction mechanisms such as electrochemical, optical, piezoelectric, and magnetic
fields (Rocha-Santos 2014). The subsequent discussion of biosensor configurations of MNPs is exclusively compiled from the 2014 contribution by RochaSantos TAP, which was featured in Trends in Analytical Chemistry. So, readers
are suggested to refer to this literature source unless the reference is otherwise
stated.
Configuration of magnetic
Sensor distinction
nanoparticles
Transduction principle: electrochemical
Core–shell Au–Fe3O4
Voltammetric
immunosensor
Fe3O4 Au NPs
Voltammetric
immunosensor
Au–Fe3O4 composite NPs
Voltammetric
enzyme-based sensor
Voltammetric
Fe3O4 Au NPs
enzyme-based sensor
Voltammetric sensor
Core–shell Fe3O4@SiO2
Detection
range
Detection limit
0.01 ng•mL
1
0.22 ng•mL
1
4
5.6 •10
2 •10
5
1.8•10
ng•mL
1
M
8
M
Fe3O4 anchored on reduced GO
ND
Voltammetric sensor
Fe3O4@Au–MWCNT–chitosan
1.5 •10
Voltammetric sensor
Core–shell Fe3O4@SiO2/MWCNT
0.13 μM
Amperometric enzyme
biosensor
Core–shell Au–Fe3O4@SiO2
0.001 mM
Amperometric enzyme
biosensor
Potentiometric
immunosensor
Fe3O4@SiO2/MWCNT
800 nM
Magnetic beads Dynabeads
Protein G
0.007 μg•mL
9
mol•L
1
1
Analyte
Carcinoembryonic antigen
Clenbuterol (pork)
Organochloride pesticides (cabbage)
H2O2 (contact lens care solution)
Metronidazole (milk, honey)
Cr (III)
Streptomycin
Uric acid (blood serum, urine)
Glucose (human serum)
Glucose (glucose solution)
Zearalenone (maize-certified baby food cereal,
wheat, rice, maize, barley, oats, sorghum, rye,
soya flour)
P. Malik et al.
Voltammetric sensor
(0.005–50)
ng•mL 1
(10 3- 10)
ng•mL 1
(10 3 to 10)
ng•mL 1
(2•10 5 to
2.5•10 3)M
(5•10 8to
10 6) M
(0.2–0.6)
nM
(10 6 to
10 3)
mol•L 1
(0.60–100)
μM
(0.05–1)
mM/(1–8)
mm
1 μM to
30 mM
ND
42
Table 7 Salient performance aspects of MNPs-based biosensors, where the maximum utility of Fe3O4 in different configurations indicates its functional
robustness with an ability of interaction-based modulated biological responses
Core–shell Fe3O4
0.5 μM
Core–shell Fe3O4 @ Au NPs
0.2 pg•mL
Core–shell Fe3O4 @ Au
0.25 ng•mL
1
FeO carboxyl-modified MNPs
0.01 ng•mL
1
2•10
15
0.65 ng•mL
SPR immunosensor
Fe3O4 MNPs
0.017 nM
SPR immunosensor
Fe3O4/Ag/Au MNPs
ND
SPR immunosensor
Fe3O4–Au nanorods
ND
SPR immunosensor
Core/shell Fe3O4/SiO2
ND
SPR immunosensor
Core/shell Fe3O4/Ag/SiO2
ND
SPR immunosensor
FeO–carboxyl-modified MNPs
0.94 ng•mL
Fluorescence
immunosensor
Fe3O4
ND
M
0.45 pM
1
1
Glucose (human serum)
ND
β-Human chronic gonadotropin (N/A)
(1–200)
ng•mL 1
(0.27–27)
nM
(0.15–40)
μg•mL 1
(0.15–40)
μg•mL 1
(0.15–40)
μg•mL 1
(1.25–20)
μg•mL 1
(0.30–20)
μg•mL 1
(1–50)
ng•mL 1
α-Fetoprotein
α-Fetoprotein
CrylAc (N/A)
Ochratoxin A (wine)
DNA (N/A)
Thrombin (N/A)
Dog IgG
Goat IgM
Rabbit IgG
Rabbit IgG
Ochratoxin A (wine)
Escherichia coli (N/A)
(continued)
43
Fe@Au nanoparticles-2aminoethanethiol functionalized
graphene NPs
Transduction principle: optical
SPR immunosensor
MNPs (fluid MAG-ARA) with
FeO core
SPR immunosensor
Fe3O4 @ Au MNPs
1
0.5 μM to
34 mM
(0.0005–5)
ng•mL 1
(0–6)
ng•mL 1
(0.01–5)
ng•mL 1
(10 4 to
10 8) M
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
Potentiometric enzyme
biosensor
Electrochemoluminescent
immunosensor
Electrochemoluminescent
immunosensor
Electrochemical
impedance immunosensor
Electrochemical
impedance biosensor
44
Table 7 (continued)
Configuration of magnetic
Sensor distinction
nanoparticles
Transduction principle: piezoelectric
QCM immunosensor
FeO magnetic nanobeads
Detection limit
Analyte
0.3
(103 to 108)
cfu•mL 1
(0.001–100)
ng•mL 1
(0.001–5)
ng•mL 1
ND
Myoglobin (human serum)
53
ND
E. coli O157:H7 (milk)
0.0128
QCM biosensor
FeO MNPs
ND
QCM immunosensor
Fe3O4@SiO2
0.3
83
ND
Avian influenza virus H5n1 (chicken tracheal
swab)
D. desulfotomaculum (N/A)
C-reactive protein (human serum)
Endoglin (human urine) (human serum)
125 fM to
41.5 pM
Interleukin-6
P. Malik et al.
Core–shell Fe3O4@Au–MWCNT
Electrochemical QCM
composites
immunosensor
QCM immunosensor
FeO MNPs
Transduction principle: magnetic field
Giant magnetoresistive
Cubic FeCo NPs
immunosensor
Cubic FeCo NPs
Giant magnetoresistive
immunosensor
Detection
range
Hall sensor
FeO with PEG coating
8 Oe
ND
N/A
Fe3O4 NPs
592.8 pm•Oe
ND
N/A
Fe3O4 in magnetic fluid
162.06 pm•mT
ND
N/A
Carboxy-functionalized FeO NPs
1.3•106 cells
ND
MCF7/Her2-18 breast cancer cells (mice cells)
Mn-doped ferrite (MnFe2O4)
ND
Mn-doped ferrite (MnFe2O4)
ND
10 to 105
cells
10 to 106
cells
Rare cells: MDA-MB-468 cancer cells (whole
blood)
Staphylococcus aureus, Enterococcus faecalis,
and Micrococcus luteus (spiking cultured
bacteria in liquid media)
1
1
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
Giant magnetoresistive
sensor
Magneto-optical fiber
sensor
Magneto-optical fiber
sensor
Superconducting quantum
interference sensor
Hall sensor
45
46
P. Malik et al.
4.2.5 Electrochemical Biosensors
• Electrochemical devises work through measuring the electric current variations
(potential difference and impedance) in terms of interactions between electrode
and analytes. The electrodes herein could be coated with thin layers of biochemical or biological materials for improved surface activity (Michalet et al. 2005).
The sensors working on this principle exhibit the benefits of rapidity, high
sensitivity, relatively less expenditure, and lot much simpler methods of miniaturization and operations. Owing to such performance and automation distinctions, these biosensors find significant utilities in clinical, environmental,
biological, and pharmaceutical domains. Improvements in the working of EC
devices by the use of MNPs have manifolded their application potential via
remarkable signal amplification abilities. To make this possible, MNPs can be
used in EC devices via contact mode configurations with electrode surfaces,
enabling the transport of redox-sensitive species apart from thin film formation,
on the electrode surface.
• To date, Fe3O4 is the most preferred material in use for EC biosensors, attributed
majorly to its superparamagnetic behavior, compatibility with antibodies, and
enzymes, along with preparation simplicity. A potential constraint with Fe3O4 is
due to its magnetic dipole-conferred attraction and a large aspect ratio, causing its
aggregation on being exposed to bioactive fluids. This concern could be resolved
by functionalization, which improves its interaction behavior and can make it
biocompatible also. The salient functionalized architecture of MNPs in use for
biosensors is core–shell Au–Fe3O4, core–shell Au–Fe3O4@SiO2, Au–Fe3O4
composite NPs, Fe3O4 anchored on reduced graphene oxide, and
Fe3O4@Au–MWCNT–chitosan (Dembski et al. 2008). Of these, core–shell
Fe3O4@SiO2 finds extensive use in biosensors as it allows MNPs’ stabilization
in the solution phase besides enhanced ligand binding on the MNPs’ surface.
Working electrode
Electrode leader
Joint
Reference electrode Counter electrode Insulator
ATCh + H 2O
AChE
TChRed
TCh + HA
TChOX
(A) Plane direction
PBRed
GMP-A-ChE
Reaction area
Cv or DPV
Joint
Switch
CH1660B
Magnet
(B) Vertical direction
PBOX
2e-
SPCEs surface
Detection principle of OPs
by enzyme biosensor
Fig. 17 Representative illustration of an electrochemical biosensor, apparatus view from (a) plane
and (b) vertical directions. Adjacent is the detection principle for organophosphorus pesticide
recognition
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
47
Next in line are the Au–Fe3O4-composite NPs, with their well-suited morphological, interactive, and surface attributes.
• In yet another worthwhile attempt, Gan and associates engineered a screenprinted carbon electrode (SPCE)-MNPs comprising composite. The working
module of the sensor employed acetylcholinesterase (AchE)-coated Au–Fe3O4composite NPs, which were adsorbed on the surface of CNT/nano-ZrO2/Prussian
blue/Nafion-modified SPCE (Fig. 17). Application of as-designed sensing probe
for dimethoate detection in the cabbage produced an output equivalent to the gas
chromatography coupled with flame photometer. The use of conducting Fe3O4/
Au MNPs as sensing probes provided a faster response, adequate linear range
performance, and sensitive detection of organophosphorus pesticides. Analysis
with control combinations inferred a high electrode surface area and manifested a
large current response for ultrasensitive thiocholine detection.
• A distinctive advantage of Fe3O4/Au MNPs-manifested thiocholine detection was
the renewability of biosensor surface via removal of Fe3O4/Au/AChE through
superparamagnetism of applied external magnetic field. Easier immobilization of
enzyme/MNPs/(Fe3O4/Au/AChE) on SPCE helped in reducing manufacturing
costs via inherent advantages of electrode integration, simple manipulation, low
sample consumption, reduced use of expensive reagents, and simple experimental
design. One exclusive attempt for MNPs-driven electrode regeneration along with
reduced impedance using iron oxide carboxyl modified MNPs for antiochratoxin-A MAb immobilization. Using this advantage, Zamfir and colleagues
fabricated an electrochemical-impedance immunosensor for ochratoxin-A detection using anti-ochratoxin-A MAb-iron oxide carboxyl-modified MNPs at the
Au-constituted working electrode surface.
• Thus, MNPs can be easily gathered together as electrode surface entities to confer
increased precision and adjustability of working, besides exhibiting the renewability of electrodes by releasing the MNPs and their reciprocated replacement.
BSA block
AFP
Magnet
Separation
ECL intensity
Ab2
EC
L
Potential
Fe3O4-Au
Electrode
Magnet
CdS-Au
Ab1
Ab2
BSA
Fig. 18 Preparation procedure of an electrochemiluminescent (ECL) immunosensor. BSA, bovine
serum albumin; AFP, α-fetoprotein; Ab1, primary antibody of AFP; Ab2, CdS–Au-labeled secondary antibody
48
P. Malik et al.
So, the currently used electrochemiluminescent (ECL) biosensors used in
functionalized mode with MNPs use the MNPs either as labeling agents or
immobilization supports. The generated ECL signal is an amalgamation of
sequential stages via chemical (radical combine) and ECL quanta (quantization
of emitted energy). The ECL assays represent the workable arrangements of
direct interaction, competition, and sandwich mode assays. Multiple QDs such
as those of CdSe, CdS, or core–shell-type ZnS/CdSe have been the pillars of
immense interest concerning ECL applications owing to the QC-aided optoelectronic applications. All these attributes make the QDs’ efficient labels of
ECL-based biosensors possessing improved sensitivity on being coated with
MNPs and erstwhile capture probes.
• A significant 2012 attempt by Zhou and colleagues demonstrated the workability of a sandwich assay-based ECL immunosensor. The sensor detected
α-fetoprotein using MNPs as capture probes and QDs as signal tags. Figure 18
illustrates the optimized process for making the magnetically sensitive capture
probes, having Fe3O4–Au/primary α-fetoprotein (AFP) antibody (Ab1) and
signal tag of CdS-Au/secondary AFP antibody (Ab2). The working configuration of the designed biosensor involved anchoring of Ab1 on the surface of Ab2,
initiated by anchoring of Ab1 on the surface of Fe3O4–Au nanospheres through
the Au–S linkage. As-formed products with Ab1 were immobilized on the
Fe3O4–Au surface through which AFP was captured from the solution phase.
Finally, protein-conjugated CdS–Au NPs were subjected to immunoreactions
with the exposed AFP domain. The Fe3O4–Au/Ab1/AFP/Ab2/CdS–Au was
used to fabricate the ECL immunosensor, which functioned via no signal
response from the Fe3O4 MNP-modified electrode in the solution phase. However, Fe3O4–Au MNP-modified electrode surface generated a slightly enhanced
ECL response.
• The introduction of CdS–Au as a label enhanced the immunosensor signal even
further compared to that of the unlabeled system (Fe3O4–Au/Ab1/AFP). Additionally, 2.5 times enhanced ECL signal was noticed when the CdS–Au composite film was used instead of CdS NPs. This improved response with composite
film could be attributed to the catalytic activity of Au NPs, which manifested in
enhanced electrical conductivity and sensitivity. The immunosensor revealed a
performance comparable with that of ELISA for the detection of AFP in human
serum as a potential clinical application.
4.2.6 Optical Biosensors
• Optically sensitive biosensors have been used for the detection of multiple
analytes of clinical, environment, and food background, attributed to their virtues
of low SNR, reduced interferences, and moderate manufacturing costs. Optically
modulated biosensors can be classified based on specific optical characterization,
including fluorescence spectroscopy, interferometry, reflectance, chemoluminescence (CL), light scattering, and refractive index.
• The assays based on CL sensitivity require optimization concerning emission
intensity and better selectivity for quantitative screening of biological and
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
49
Magnet
a
Laser
632.8 nm
Polarizer
S
N
Rotation stage
Sensor chip
θ
Chopper
Flow cell
Photodiode
b
Magnetic NPs
Self-assembled
monolayer
Au
UV sensitive polymer
Glass
N
S
Permanent magnet
Fig. 19 Illustration of a surface plasmon resonance (SPR) immunosensor: (a) optical sensor setup
and (b) a sensor chip of the MNP enhanced grafting-coupled SPR sensor
environmental stimuli. These constraints could be overcome using MNPs,
wherein significant improvements could be accomplished in catalysis, biomolecules carrier, and separation accessory. Readers are suggested to go through the
recent review article by Iranifam for a specific idea about analytical applications
of CL detection in assistance with MNPs.
• The extensively primed detection mechanisms in the MNPs-based optical devices
are SPR and fluorescence spectroscopy. Figure 19 depicts the functioning of the
immunosensor in combination with SPR technology using MNPs assays
equipped for the detection and manipulation of β-human chorionic gonadotropin
(β-HCG).
• The underlying principle of this screening relies on a grafting-coupled SPR sensor
chip that is functionalized with Abs recognizing β-HCG. The MNPs conjugated
with Abs endowed dual advantages of labels intended to manifest enhanced
refractive index changes after analyte capture as well as prompt analyte delivery
carriers at the sensor surface.
50
P. Malik et al.
• Capturing of MNPs-conjugated antibody and analyte was ensured via coupling
with a magnetic field on the surface of a sensor. The use of MNPs and their
manifested response on the surface of the sensor via the application of a magnetic
field enhanced the sensitivity by four orders compared to that of regular SPR
amidst the direct detection. The manifested enhancement was the outcome of
larger mass and high refractive index of MNPs, producing an LOD of 0.45 pM
corresponding to β-HCG detection. Observations of this investigation present a
ray of hope for the detection of viral and bacterial pathogens, overcoming the low
sensitivity of SPR-driven biosensors due to a formidable mass transfer hindrance
on the sensor surface caused due to analyte diffusion.
• MNPs like Fe3O4 NPs could also enhance the analytical signal of fluorescence
intensity. Using this principle, a microfluidic immunosensor chip having circular
microchannels was developed for Escherichia coli detection. The methodology
comprised Ab conjugation of Fe3O4 MNPs followed by in-flow antigen capture in
the microchannels. The captured MNPs create a heap-like structure at the detection site under the influence of a reversed magnetic flow. This reversed magnetic
flow increased the retention time of antigens at the site of capture and the capture
efficacy of antigens, resulting in the enhanced intensity of the fluorescence signal.
4.2.7 Piezoelectric Biosensors
• Piezoelectric devices are driven either via quartz-crystal microbalance (QCM) or
SAW oscillations. Table 7 depicts that MNPs-based piezoelectric sensors and
biosensors work via QCM transduction. QCM is a quartz crystal disk with metal
electrodes on each side that vibrates under an electric field influence. The
frequency of this vibration depends on disk thickness and cut extent, wherein
resonance is attained differently as compound(s) absorb or desorb from a crystal
Fig. 20 Illustration of a quartz-crystal microbalance (QCM) immunosensor (up). Detection principle (down). TEOS, tetraethyl orthosilicate; EDC, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)
carbodiimide; NHS, amine reactive N-hydroxysuccinimide; CRP, C-reactive protein; Ab1, primary
CRP antibody; Ab2, secondary CRP antibody; Au NPs, gold nanoparticles; HRP, horseradish
peroxidase; AEC, 3-amino-9-ethylcarbazole; MNP, Fe3O4@SiO2 nanoparticle
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
•
•
•
•
51
surface. Reduction in frequency corresponds to the proportional mass of the
adsorbed compound.
QCMs are small, robust, and inexpensive provisions, equipped with producing
significantly detectable aftermath corresponding to 1 ng mass change. A significant concern with these devices is the enhanced noise generation as the size
reduces erupting from the increase in surface-to-volume ratio. Among other
concerns of QCMs are the perturbations from atmospheric humidity along with
the challenges for analyte screening within a solution.
MNPs with piezoelectric attributes could easily overcome the above concerns
owing to their incentive offering transduction activities and recognition with an
ability of solid-state construction and cost-effectiveness. The mechanisms by
which MNPs enable the enhancement in frequency include (1) inherent piezoelectricity of MNPs, (2) MNPs’ binding and concentration of analytes at the
QCM surface, and (3) actions as matrix carriers for label loading.
A significant 2013 study demonstrated the working module of a QCM-triggered
immunosensor, optimized for the detection of C-reactive protein (CRP). Workable mode involves a sandwich mode immunological reaction between SiO2coated Fe3O4 NPs (as capture probes) labeled with MNPs-CRP Ab1 (primary
CRP antibody), CRP, and signal tag (HRP) conjugated with HRP-bound secondary antibody. The whole assembly is immobilized on Au NPs, leading to the
workable configuration as: (Au NPs-HRP/HRP-CRPAb2). Thereafter, the generated immunological complex is subjected to 3-amino-9-ethylcarbazole (AEC)
and hydrogen peroxide (H2O2).
Figure 20 depicts the synthesis procedure with the detection principle, wherein
the capture probe of MNPs-CRPAb1 enhances the analytical signal due to
magnetic separation and immobilization at the electrode surface. The magnetic
beads (Fe3O4-coupled SiO2) for labeling CRPAb1 facilitated the attainment of
uniform size distribution and simplified synthesis of labeled conjugates. In terms
of results, the QCM methodology remained comparable with the ELISA,
intended for human serum CRP detection. A further benefit is the easier regeneration of the QCM-sensor surface along with repeated usage. The present
research aims to know more about the development of magnetic nanostructures
along with understanding driven characterization of their piezoelectric behavior
as these materials are capable of overseeding the accompanied sensitivity and
stability concerns.
4.2.8 Magnetic Field-Based Biosensors
• As also reflected in Table 7, magnetically attuned transduction mechanisms
involving MNPs’ work based on giant magnetoresistance (GMR), Hall effect,
magneto-optical, and superconducting quantum interference mechanisms. Magnetoresistive sensors work through magnetoresistance of either a ferromagnetic
material or nonmagnetic heterostructures. Varying as per the compositional
makeup of thin nanofilm, the MNPs exert their nanoscale effects using GMR or
via tunneling magnetoresistance. The response signal generated out of changing
electrical resistance regulates the quantitatively triggered analyte binding in the
52
•
•
•
•
P. Malik et al.
presence of an external magnetic field. Changes in the signaling outputs could be
monitored via screening infinitesimal variations in the magnetic field, having an
explicit dependence on the applied magnetic field strength (in sensor
surroundings).
Two mechanisms are established for GMR and MNPs’ aided interleukin-6 (IL-6)
detection, the first characterized by functionalization of GMR sensor using
capture antibodies after analyte and capturing antibody binding. The detection
is monitored by the binding of MNPs’ labeled antibodies with the perceived
analyte. The second detection mechanism works via GMR sensor functionalization using capture antibodies, succeeded by GMR biosensor-screened binding
of MNP-labeled analyte.
Both configurations involved the MNPs’ dipole field detection generated by
sensor surface-captured MNPs, varying sensitively with the distance. The quality
of MNPs is highly critical for accurate magnetoresistive detection, mandating the
probes to be ideally superparamagnetic with a high magnetic moment and large
susceptibility. This is required to ensure magnetization over a small magnetic field
and the used MNPs are ideally needed to have uniform size and shape. This is
because the magnetic response is decided by these features, which in turn regulate
the corresponding stability in physiological solutions along with needful biomolecule coupling.
Considering the above requirements, the MNPs are selected with high magnetic
moment fetching enhanced signal and therefore a high sensitivity. Amidst this
consideration for magnetoresistive detection, the preferred materials include
metallic Fe, Co, or their alloy-based MNPs. In a study, Li and colleagues have
claimed the coupling of a small NP volume with an applied field of 10 Oesterds
(Oe), wherein the net magnetic moment of a single FeCo NP is almost 7- to
11-fold higher than one Fe3O4 NP.
Controlling the magnetic moment of a permanent magnet using an externally
applied nonhomogeneous magnetic field alongside the detection using
magnetosensitive sensors is a potential domain where MNPs are highly useful.
The best explanations of such phenomenon are provided by the magnetoresistive,
Hall effect through which distinct variations of microscale magnetic field
operable devices are controlled. This paved the way for the development of a
micro-Hall sensor for ex vivo quantification of rare cells. The chip-based
microfluidic sensor determines the magnetic moments of cells in a flowing
configuration, labeled with MNPs. The workable sensor module acts via integrated technological breakthroughs, accomplishing biomarker actions on the
implicit cells, like, as (1) linear response-mediated performance at >0.1 T,
facilitating efficient magnetization of MNPs corresponding to maximal signal
strength, (2) cell-equivalent dimensions of Hall element fetching an increased
working accuracy, (3) an integrated setup of eight sensors consisting of a microHall sensor with a moderated fluidic control than needed to focus the cells over a
single sensor, and (4) an array that combines each cell’s magnetic flux to facilitate
the determination of the total magnetic moment of a single cell. This micro-Hall
sensor is capable of high-throughput screening, exhibiting clinical-scale
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
•
•
•
•
•
•
53
significance using tumor detection from whole blood in 20 ovarian cancer
sufferers, presumably at a higher sensitivity compared to that of clinical
standards.
A sensor working through the varied magnetic field was developed via integrating
a magnetic fluid (Fe3O4 NPs) with an optical fiber Loyt–Sagnac interferometer.
This sensor works via varied magnified birefringence of a magnetic fluid using an
adequately configured optical fiber interferometer design. The sensitivity of this
configuration was one to three orders greater than prevailing magnetic fluid
sensors.
Magnetic field-based biosensors are not well-acquainted for sensing the multiple
analytes because the corresponding analyte response arises from a singular
physical stimulus (the magnetic moment). Thereby, using the varied dimensions
of superparamagnetic NPs, analyte responses could be distinguished via explicit
magnetization curves, paving the way for simultaneous multiple analyte
screening.
Table 7 comprises the varying sensing configurations using MNPs, distinguished
via electrochemical, optical, piezoelectric, and magnetic field-activated transduction mechanisms. It is evident from the compiled configurations that Fe3O4 NPs
find a maximum utility significance owing to their nanoscale-enhancing coupling
with Au and SiO2 NPs in distinctive architectures. For instance, core–shell
morphology safeguards the magnetic coupling of shell material by conjugating
the magnetic effect of the core material. The Fe with an atomic number of
26 forms Fe2O3 (maghemite) and Fe3O4 (magnetite) oxides as its major oxidation
products. However, in the sensing domain, Fe3O4 finds exclusively high utility as
inferred from its workable combination with Au NPs, doping combinations with
Mn, and immobilized state on multiwalled carbon nanotubes (MWCNTs) and in
magnetic fluid too.
With an outermost electronic configuration of 3d64s2, Fe is ferromagnetic but its
oxides, magnetite and maghemite, are ferromagnetic. Positioned in the 4th period
and 8th group of the periodic table, Fe couples well with its neighbors, Mn and
Co, for its magnetic susceptibility. Both Fe (alone) and its oxides exhibit a high
magnetic susceptibility at less than critical temperature (Tc), arguing well for its
structurally compatible combinatorial functioning. With both Mn and Co having
an unpaired electron in their outermost shell, their combination with Fe argues for
a magnetically coupled response through sustained electromagnetic induction.
Spin behavior or alignment is the fundamental genesis of magnetic effect,
wherein MNPs efficiently couple the magnetic sensitivity owing to dominant
quantum effects in a sustained combinatorial regime with minimal adverse impact
on native magnetic features of Fe or its oxide. The detection limit in most cases is
in the ng•mL 1 range or in the order of 10 6 to even lower extents. Similarly, the
detection ranges are in the order of μM, nM, or ng•mL 1, together reflecting a
high degree of functional sensitivity and suitability.
The healthcare utility of developed sensing mechanisms is also well-inferred by
the diversity of screened analytes, such as uric acid from blood serum or urine,
metronidazole from milk or honey, organochloride pesticides (in cabbage), CRP,
54
P. Malik et al.
endoglin (both in human serum), interleukin-6, E. coli contamination in milk, and
avian influenza virus (H5N1). So, the diversity of these analytes is a strong
indication of MNP’s enhanced sensing abilities for screening more than one
troubling pathological disturbance.
• With the coupling of the external magnetic field, MNPs-driven biosensors exhibit
an added incentive in their external control and site-directed activities with greater
accuracy. These attributes have been significantly helpful in coupling the localized thermomagnetic influences, enabling efficient eradication of tumor cells
through controlled site-directed delivery. The magnetic coupling from an external
agency is a handy manifestation in the removal of administered MNPs after their
designated in vivo activities.
4.3
Reusable Substrate–Analyte Interactive Platforms
Enzymes are the heart of a biosensor working, wherein the usage for large extent
commercialization assumes restriction because of high costs, which make the sensing operation highly expensive because of rather the low reusability of enzymes.
Although NMs do require a minimum need of enzymes but ideally do not bypass it
completely. The structural suitability of most enzymes during any biochemical
reaction is very challenging, owing to which immobilization of useful enzymes
with functional efficacy and enhanced reproducibility is practically highly desired
even though it contributes to additional expenditure. The following are some
important aspects regarding the immobilization of enzymes for their biosensing
attributes:
• Enzymes, along with whole cells, can be used squarely well for immobilization.
To put it more simply, immobilization of enzymes is a technique intended for their
confinement over a solid matrix/support distinct from the one possessing any
traces of the substrate or product. The simplest way to accomplish this is via
attachment of enzymes over a suitable support matrix. Herein, the substrate
molecules and the generated products must move in and out of the phase without
any restriction. The phase here refers to the one in which enzymes are restrained.
• Multiple materials are suitable for use as matrix or support to aid in immobilizing
the enzymes that facilitates a 100% recovery and reuse to aid in their costeffective use. Usually, inert polymers and inorganic materials are preferred as
enzyme support matrices. The major characteristics of an industrially viable
carrier matrix are (1) cost-effective, (2) chemically stable, (3) physically compatible for handling and storage, (4) capable of augmenting enzyme specificity,
(5) reusability, (6) effective for moderating product inhibition, and (7) forbidding
of random adsorption and bacterial adulteration.
• In general, most of the matrices used exhibit only a few of these attributes, owing
to which one has to optimize the performance features under the working
conditions for the selection of an enzyme immobilization matrix. Typical enzyme
immobilization is characterized by continuous economic operations,
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
55
automatically controlled unit operations, large-scale investment, and viable product recovery.
The most used enzyme immobilization methods are as follows:
•
•
•
•
Adsorption/carrier binding
Covalent binding/cross-linking
Entrapment method
Membrane confinement
The following points discuss these mechanisms concerning their practical feasibility and conduct. Most of the information is reported after taking inputs from a
2016 literature source by Sirisha and colleagues, featured in Advances in Food and
Nutrition Research. So, unless otherwise stated, the readers are requested to refer to
this article for recalled studies and observations as there is a legal restriction about
including fewer references.
4.3.1 Adsorption/Carrier-Binding Method
• This method of enzyme immobilization keeps the enzymes adhered to a carrier
matrix through a mix of hydrophobic proximities and the multiple salt linkages
corresponding to each enzyme molecule. The process uses either matrix suspension with the enzyme or dried enzyme(s) on the electrode surfaces. Commonly
used matrix materials are water-soluble carriers like polysaccharide derivatives,
glass, synthetic polymers, etc.
• Characteristic interactions of this enzyme immobilization method are mitigated
by a strong bond configuration between the enzyme and support milieu. Essential
physiological parameters affecting the explicit interactions are temperature, pH,
and substrate inclusion, excess of which can weaken the enzyme-support binding.
Adsorbed enzymes are, in general, resistant to proteolysis and aggregation due to
interfacial hydrophobic interactions. Certain attributes of suited matrix materials
include micro-/mesoporous entities having high surface areas, thiol group
functionalization, and microcrystalline cellulose with irreversible chemical
binding.
• The prevalence of silanols makes the silanized molecular sieves suitable for
enzyme immobilization stabilized via hydrogen bonding. Immobilization efficacy
can be improvised by certain chemical modifications of functional support matrices. In this context, a study by Persson and associates screened the efficacy of
adsorbed lipase over the polypropylene-grade hydrophobic granules/Accurel
EP-100 apart from analysis of lipases–water chemistry. Interestingly, reducing
the particle size of Accrual caused a significant increment in the enantiomeric
stoichiometry and corresponding reaction pace.
• Physical adsorption-mediated immobilization of Yarrowiali political lipase on
octyl agarose and octadecyl-sepa beads is a method of high stability, higher yield,
and much greater operational regulation with low expenditure contrary to using
free lipase. The distinctions in the immobilization-assisted lipase use are
56
P. Malik et al.
attributed to hydrophobic interactions of octadecyl-sepa beads, resulting in
enhanced enzyme-support matrix affinity.
• Similarly, adsorption of lipase from Candida rugosa over the poly
(3-hydroxybutyrate-ω hydroxyvalerate) revealed 94% activity despite 4-h treatment at 50 C and reusability for 12 cycles. In another significant study, Mishra
and colleagues reported enhanced pH stability with 50% retainment for urease by
adsorbing over the 1,4-butanediol diglycidyl ether activated by threads, in the
dried state. The highlighted aspects elucidate the significance of eco-friendly
support materials as a biodegradable, long-lasting, and biocompatible performance, illustrating suitability for steadfast use with no serious ethical concerns.
4.3.2 Covalent Binding
• This mode of enzyme immobilization exhaustively depends on the formation of
covalent linkages between the enzyme and support matrix, involving the side
chain comprising histidine, arginine, and aspartic acid. However, the reactivity is
indeed influenced by the orientation of various functional groups like those of
carboxylic, phenolic, indole, amino, thiol, imidazole, sulfhydryl, and hydroxyl
functionalities. Enhanced enzymatic actions could be accomplished via ensuring
null inactivation of active-site amino acid residues. Some of the widely used
enzyme-immobilizing modes based on covalent binding are as follows:
– Enzyme–matrix covalent interaction in the presence of a substrate or a competitive inhibitor.
– Formation of the reversible covalently linked enzyme–inhibitor complex.
– Presence of a zymogen receptor.
• Usually, much greater activity with high stability is noticed corresponding to a
characteristic protein orientation vis-à-vis involvement of peptide-engineered
faces enzyme conjugation. Observations of a study are quite significant in this
regard, whereby greater thermal stability of the enzyme was observed on its
covalent linkage with cyanogens bromide (CNBr)-conjugated agarose, CNBrsepharose, with carbohydrate moiety, and glutaraldehyde as spacer arm. Furthermore, covalently bonded enzymes with modified silica gel carriers
(on eliminating nonreactive aldehyde groups with SBA-15 matrix) impart
enhanced stability and make them suited to function as hyperactive biocatalysts.
• Other matrix materials popular in use for covalent linkage-driven enzyme immobilization include mesoporous silica and chitosan, well suited to enhance the halflife and improve the thermal labile functioning of enzymes. Using the nanoscale
materials (such as nanosheets, NPs, carbon nanotube(s) functionalization) is a
revolutionary attempt in improving enzyme functioning. Studies have demonstrated that cross-linking of enzymes with electrospun nanofibers confers a much
higher residual chemical activity due to enhanced porosity and surface area
(highly important for reducing the activation energy of reactants). Researchers
in this context have obtained significant performance improvement using
attapulgite nanofibers as support matrices for covalently linked alcohol dehydrogenase, attributed to its thermal flexibility and enhanced quantum effects at the
nanoscale.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
57
• Another prominent route to accomplish covalent linkage-driven enzyme immobilization uses magnetic nanoclusters, which operate in multiple directions and
are the crux of remarkable improvement in the pharmaceutical industry. The
salient attributes of these materials are enhanced operational stability, reuse
ability, and longevity of operation. A distinct aspect of this method is the
involvement of a cross-linking agent, which is glutaraldehyde. The high aqueous
solubility of this material enables the formation of stable intra- and inter-subunitlinked covalent bonds, eminently referred to as bifunctional cross-linkages.
4.3.3 Affinity Immobilization
• Affinity-binding-driven enzyme immobilization over a support matrix is stabilized via specific BFs. This method uses the substrate-specific action of an
enzyme to engineer the support matrix in varied physiological conditions. The
following points discuss the two methods used to accomplish this:
• The first approach is characterized by pyrimidine coupling of the matrix to an
affinity-driven ligand corresponding to the target enzyme. The second method
uses enzymes in the conjugated phase with another molecule, gradually developing affinity toward the matrix.
• The affinity adsorbents also find significance in enzyme immobilization, wherein
immobilized enzymes on complex support matrices like agarose-linked multilayered concanavalin A and alkali-inert chitosan-coated porous silica beads exhibit
increased efficacy and stability.
• The bioaffinity-assisted layering of matrices is another potential method used to
modulate the reusability of bound enzymes. The inherent benefit of this modulation is due to noncovalent interactive forces, such as van der Waals forces,
Columbic interactions, and hydrogen bonding.
4.3.4 Entrapment
• The entrapment process relies on enzymatic caging within a polymeric system via
covalent or noncovalent bonds, facilitating the substrate and product movement
but retaining the enzyme. A distinction from the other methods is the nonbound
state of the enzyme to the support matrix.
• Enzymatic caging could be accomplished by (1) inclusion within a highly crosslinked polymer matrix, (2) dissolution in the nonaqueous phase, and (3) semipermeable capsule-driven separation from a bulk solution.
• Various approaches to enzyme entrapment are known like fiber entrapping, gel
entrapping, and microencapsulation. Encapsulation with alginate–gelatin–calcium hybrid carriers is reported as efficient due to its ability to improve
mechanical stability and prevent enzyme leakage. In C. rugosa, the entrapping of
lipase in chitosan resulted in its enhanced activity besides forbidden leaching.
• Such abilities are chiefly attributed to the biocompatible and nontoxic features of
the support matrix, which is receptive to chemical modifications and has
hydrophilicity-driven high affinity toward affinity. Chen and colleagues in 2011
reported simultaneous entrapment of lipase and MNPs with biomimetic silica,
58
P. Malik et al.
conferring a significant improvement in enzyme activity under various saline
additives.
• Studies have also reported that on being entrapped with K-carrageenan lipases
exhibit high tolerance toward organic solvents alongside being highly thermostable. The use of nanostructured supports like electrospun nanofibers and pristine
materials for enzyme entrapment is witnessing a persistent encouragement for
biomedicine, biofuels, chemistry, and biosensors.
4.3.5 Ionic Bonding
• This method binds the enzymatic protein to hydrophobic carriers, containing
ion-exchange residues. The typical mechanism is characterized by noncovalent
reversible interactions via changes in ionic strength, polarity, and temperature.
The working principle herein is similar to the functional protein–ligand interactions in chromatography.
• Support materials used in this enzyme immobilization module include polysaccharides and synthetic polymers, possessing ion-exchange domains. Advantages
of this method comprise simpler and easier binding of the enzyme with the carrier
unlike that of covalent binding. Usually, ionic binding induces little changes in
the confirmation and active-site constitution, enhancing the enzymatic activity on
most occasions.
• A cautionary aspect herein is the supposed enzyme leakage from the carrier,
particularly if high ionic strength substrate or varied pH solutions are used. This is
due to the weak BFs between the enzyme proteins and carrier molecules. The
enzyme-carrier BFs are quite strong in this mode contrary to that of physical
adsorption, although these are not as strong as in covalent binding.
4.3.6 Metal-Linked Immobilization
• This method of enzyme immobilization relies on the precipitation of metal salts
over the support matrix. The metals suited for this purpose are capable of binding
with nucleophilic functionalities of the carrier matrix. Precipitation of constituent
cations over the support matrix surface is attained on heating.
• Studies have demonstrated (30–80)% improved enzymatic activity on immobilization via this method. The mechanism of this process is relatively simple and
reversible in its operation. A distinctive benefit of this method is that it allows the
regeneration of both enzymes and a matrix.
4.3.7 Preferable Materials for Designing Immobilization Supports
The materials employed for the immobilization of enzymes are frequently referred to
as a carrier or support matrices. The ideal features of a matrix are of substantial
process in accomplishing a requisite extent of enzyme immobilization. Ideal support
matrices should have the following attributes for optimal performance:
1. It should not be much costly and must be eco-friendly to get rid of the undesired
economic impact of the process.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
59
Table 8 Eminent inorganic supports with their characteristic attributes and immobilized enzymes
Inorganic
material
Zeolite
(molecular
sieves)
Ceramics
Celite
Silica
Glass
Activated
carbon
Charcoal
Traits
Large specific surface area conferring efficient
enzyme loading
Immobilized enzyme
Glucose oxidase (GO),
α-chymotrypsin
Both macro- and micropores are efficient in
moderating diffusion rate and enhancing the specific
surface area
Inexpensive, less polar, large adhesion area,
chemically inert, resistant against pH, temperature,
urea, detergents, and solvents
Nanosized structures have a high surface area,
crystallinity, and high stability to chemical and
mechanical forces
Highly viscous fluid
Candida antarctica
lipase
Manifold contact sides, high surface area
Splendid adsorbent, least release of fine particulate
matter
Lipase, polyphenol
oxidase,
β-galactosidase
Lignin peroxidase,
HRP, α-amylase
α-Amylase, nitrate
reductase
Acid protease, acidic
lipase
Papain,
amyloglucosidase
Note: Large surface area, robust handling, and chemical stability are the major distinctions
2. It must be entirely inert after immobilization and should not block the desired
reaction.
3. Adequate thermal and mechanical resistance to ensure the use of immobilized
enzymes under varied operational conditions.
4. The matrix constituent must be significantly stable.
5. The matrix material should have high renewability after the attainment of the
useful lifestyle of the immobilized enzyme.
6. The chosen matrix material must enhance the enzyme specificity.
7. The chosen material should be capable of packing a large amount of enzyme.
For this ability, porosity plays a significant role. In general, a large pore size
leads to a significant decrement in surface area contrary to a difficult exclusion
of the protein with a small pore size. So, the pore diameter must be within the
optimal range.
8. To get rid of inhibiting protein adsorption and denaturation, the hydrophobicity
of the support matrix must be reduced. Thereby, the support matrix working
environment should be amenable to an extent that favors the catalytic activities
of immobilized enzymes.
9. The support matrix should be capable of shifting the pH optimum for
accomplishing the desired extent of enzyme action.
10. The support matrix should have antimicrobial and nonspecific adsorption
characteristics.
60
P. Malik et al.
11. Rarely ever a matrix is available with an optimum extent of each of the above
properties, so caution must be thoroughly exercised in choosing an appropriate
support matrix vis-a-vis their properties.
Based on their chemical compositions, the support matrices are listed in two
major categories, namely, (1) inorganic support material and (2) organic support
material (organic supports are further divided into natural and synthetic materials).
The following points discuss the salient aspects of these entities with suitable
examples.
4.3.8 Inorganic Materials as Supports
• The materials included in this class include glass, silica gel, alumina, metal
oxides, zirconia, and several other silica-based compounds that are ideal materials
and are widely used due to their significant thermal and mechanical resistance.
These entities also exhibit significant microbial opposition for inhibited bacterial
or fungal growth due to their substrate attributes.
• Rigidity and porosity are the two characteristic features of inorganic support.
Besides, these materials exhibit unchanged ore diameter and volume ensuring a
fixed volume and shape of the support. Table 8 comprises several inorganic
support matrices with their major characteristics and extensively immobilized
enzymes.
• Silica: Inorganic supports, like SiO2 and SiO4, constituted matrices are highly
suited for enzyme immobilization. Both of these prevail as 3D polymers,
although SiO4 is rigid while SiO2 is flexible. In both these support matrices,
amphiphilic functionalities contribute to the adsorption efficacy. Zeolites comprise another domain of silica-rich microporous matrix surfaces, equipped with
enhanced surface area to immobilize the proteins. Though silica carriers are
relatively inert materials, these require significant optimization for being used
as an enzyme immobilization support matrix. For this purpose, the silica bed
supports are preferentially treated with aminoalkyltriethoxy silane that engineers
the matrix surface with –NH2 functionalization. A series of further modifications
make these materials befitting for enzyme immobilization. For example,
penicillin-G-amidase is initially conjugated with dextran before its immobilization over the amino-activated silica gel that confers its enhanced thermal stability.
Similarly, lignin peroxidase and HRP were immobilized on activated silica to get
rid of chlorolignins from the eucalyptus kraft effluent. In a significant attempt,
Soleimani and colleagues observed an improved cleansing action of detergents
after their binding with α-amylase on silica NPs. Another study reported
enhanced enzyme carrier bonding after surface engineering of silica, involving
amination of –OH and siloxane functionalities apart from absorption of methyl or
polyvinyl functionalities.
• Ceramics: These entities are solid, insoluble, and nonmetallic and are derived
from cooking plastic materials. Metal oxides such as Al2O3, TiO2, ZrO2, and
SnO2 are referred to as ceramics. Due to their porous character, ceramics are
highly preferred materials for enzyme restriction. A 2004 study by Magnan and
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
61
Table 9 The various natural organic polymeric supports used for enzyme immobilization
Support
Alginate
Chitosan and
Chitin
Collagen
Carrageenan
(linear sulfated
polysaccharide)
Gelatin
(hydrocolloid rich
in amino acid
content)
Cellulose
Properties
Used in the form of xanthan-alginate
beads, alginate-polyacrylamide gels,
and calcium-alginate beads
Can be reused and significantly
improves enzyme stability
Used in combination with alginate,
less leaching, reliable for enzyme
trapping, and can entrap more
enzymes as beads
Retains significant activity after
multiple reuse cycles
Improves stability, pseudoplastic
sensitivity imparts thinness under
shear stress and recovers the
corresponding viscosity on stress
removal. Cheap, long-lasting, and has
greater entrapment
High adsorption ability and promotes
loading efficacy
Greater storage capacity, better
formability, and flexibility
Starch
Stable
Pectin
Used in combination with glycerol as
a plasticizer to reduce the brittleness
of pectin-chitin and pectin-calcium
alginate, have enhanced thermal,
denaturant resistance, and catalytic
attributes
Porous, easy adsorption, retain
catalytic properties at extremes of
pH, temperature, and high salt
concentration
Sepharose
Enzymes immobilized
Cellulase, cross-linking with
divalent ions and glutaraldehyde
stabilizes the enzyme activity
D-Hydantoinase, acid
phosphatase, chymotrypsin,
glucose isomerize, glucose
oxidase, and lactase
Tannase, catalase, and alkaline
phosphatase
Lipase and α-galactosidase
Amylase, urease, and
galactosidase via cross-linking
with glutaraldehyde and
formaldehyde
Fungal laccase, penicillin G
acylase, glucoamylase,
α-amylase, tyrosinase, lipase, and
β-galactosidase
Bitter gourd peroxidase,
α-amylase, and glucoamylase
Papain and pectin lyase
Amylase and glucoamylase
colleagues reported lipase immobilization from Candida antarctica on a ceramic
membrane that modulates hydrolytic and synthetic reactions through curtailing
feedback inhibition. Ceramic foams were found effective in enhancing the working surface area and decreasing the diffusion rates.
• Glass: The support matrices of glass represent another prominent inorganic
enzyme immobilization means. Glass-made matrices are highly viscous and
have been successfully recruited as immobilized supports for enzymes like
α-amylase. In the process, phthaloyl chloride comprising –NH2 groupfunctionalized glass beads were screened as strong and sustainable. Likewise,
62
P. Malik et al.
the reason being immobilized over the glass pH electrodes acted as a biosensor for
monitoring blood urea extent to as low as 52 mg•mL 1.
• Charcoal: The use of charcoal as immobilized support is immensely popular for
enzymes like amyloglucosidase with no cross-linking agents for starch hydrolysis
and accomplishing 90% catalytic activity. Charcoal has been studied as an
efficient adsorbent with efficient adsorption ability and a low release of particulate
matter.
• Activated carbon: Studies have shown reliable evidence for natural as well as
HCL-modified activated carbon for enzyme immobilization. Recently, acid proteases and acid lipases were immobilized on mesoporous-activated carbon particles and demonstrated significantly greater catalytic efficacy even after being
reused for 21 cycles (Sirisha et al. 2016). A 2010 study by Daoud and associates
reported remarkable enzyme immobilization enabled via (600–1000) m2.g 1
surface area and (300–1000) pore volume.
4.3.9 Organic Supports
• Natural polymers: A wide range of natural materials, such as hydrophobic
polysaccharides, viz., chitosan, collagen, carrageenans, alginate, cellulose, starch,
agarose, etc., are widely preferred as support matrices for immobilization of
enzymes. The structural flexibility of similar materials makes them capable of
forming inert gels due to easily activated chemical functionalities. Such attributes
facilitate a reversible and irreversibly optimized binding of proteins and enzymes
over the support matrix. Other significant advantages of these natural-grade
materials as immobilization matrices include their cost-effectiveness and thermal
and mechanical inertness on being cross-linked with bifunctional chemical
agents. Table 9 describes some widely used organic supports as enzyme immobilization support matrices.
• Alginate: This is a sulfate-functionalized polysaccharide obtained from the
brown algal cell wall. Concerning the usefulness of alginate in enzyme immobilization, xanthan-alginate beads, calcium alginate beads, and alginatepolysaccharide gels are well known for improved enzyme performance and
reusability. Improved enzyme stability via the use of alginate is well reported,
involving cross-linking with divalent ions and glutaraldehyde.
• Chitosan: It is a polysaccharide that finds usability as a support matrix having
manifold optimal carrier suitable characteristics. These attributes include mechanical inertness, rigidity, hydrophilicity, and active reactive groups that can directly
interact with enzymes besides having an affinity for protein binding. Studies have
reported that chitosan-coated enzymes exhibit less leaching compared to those of
alginate due to chitosan’s more prompt ionic and physical interactions with
enzymes. It has also been demonstrated that a wet composite of chitosan and
clay has plentiful –OH and –NH2 groups. This material is thereby more efficient
for enzyme immobilization with enhanced hydrophilicity and porosity. It was
observed that Bacillus circulans, a chitin-binding domain of chitinase, confers a
strong affinity for retaining D-hydantoins.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
63
• Cellulose: This is perhaps the most commonly used carrier molecule for enzyme
immobilization. It has a distinguishingly lower binding capacity besides being
inexpensive and available in fibrous as well as globular textures. A notable study
for enzyme immobilization using cellulose was reported by Namdeo and Bajpai
in 2009, wherein α-amylase was immobilized to cellulose dialdehyde-coated
magnetite NPs and enabled a novel starch degrading system. Likewise, enhanced
forbearance and viability of the enzyme were obtained following its immobilization over the glutaraldehyde-activated ionic liquid-cellulose film.
• Collagen: The attributes of collagen making it an efficient enzyme immobilizing
support matrix comprise protein similar nature, significant water-holding capacity, and good porosity. The basis of collagen immobilization is via the formation
of a covalent bond between the collagen side chains and that of the enzyme,
resulting in a stronger enzyme hold over the support. Using glutaraldehyde as a
cross-linking agent, collagen is used for tannase immobilization. Chen and
associates 2011 showed that on being immobilized to Fe+3-collagen fibers,
catalase activity remained significant even on 26 reuses.
• Carrageenans: It is a red algal and linear-sulfated polysaccharide. The attributes
of carrageenans contributing toward its significance in enzyme immobilization
include good gelling and high protein-holding ability with pseudoplastic receptivity, collectively making it thin under shear stress besides enabling a viscosity
recovery on being distressed. A 2010 study by Jegannathan and colleagues
demonstrated an encapsulation efficacy of 42% during biodiesel generation via
the coextrusion method using carrageenans as a support matrix.
• Starch: A natural polymer with linear amylase and branched amylopectin units,
for significant hydrophilic actions, starch is a renewable and one of the most
trusted raw materials used for enzyme immobilization. In this context, a 2019
investigation by Matto and Hussain reported significant immobilization for bitter
gourd peroxidase using calcium-alginate and starch comprising hybrid. Analysis
revealed comparatively greater stability of the entrapped enzyme in the presence
of urea (a denaturant) because of the sustained and coordinated chemical actions
of carbohydrate moieties rather than that for the surface-immobilized enzymes
(without the alginate-starch-calcium hybrid).
• Pectin: This is a structural polysaccharide of plant origin and is a major constituent of the primary cell wall. In plant tissues, pectin serves as a significant
intercellular cementing material. It is a gelling agent with good water-holding
capacity. Ceniceros and colleagues 2003 developed advanced materials for the
treatment of skin damage through papain immobilization onto pectin along with
(0.2–0.7)% glycerol. The ability to form highly stable polyelectrolyte complexes
with entrapped enzymes makes pectin–chitin and pectin–calcium-alginate confers them with significant thermal and denaturant resistance for improved catalysis by the immobilized enzyme.
• Sepharose: This enzyme-supported matrix finds its commercial significance from
its beaded texture and is activated by cyanogens bromide (CNBr). The CNBractivated Sepharose 4B is used for the immobilization of amylase and
glucoamylase, characterized by enhanced porosity with better and greater
64
P. Malik et al.
macromolecule adsorption. Alkylation-engineered sepharose increases its catalytic retainment at extreme pH, high salt concentration, and temperature.
• Artificial Polymers as Immobilization Support Matrices.
Polymers of synthetic grade comprise the ion-exchange resins, with a porous
surface and a hydrophobic sensitivity. These characteristics impart a strong
enzyme immobilization potential to synthetic polymers, exemplified by their
inertness toward a microbial attack. Polystyrene, polyvinylchloride, polyacrylate,
polyamide, polypropylene, diethylaminoethyl cellulose (DEAE cellulose), and
UV-activated PEG are some prominent synthetic polymers used as enzyme
support matrices. Polystyrene was the first-ever synthetic polymer used for
enzyme immobilization.
Some other significant attempts using synthetic polymers for enzyme immobilization are summarized next:
1. Amberlite and DEAE cellulose for α-amylase immobilization.
2. PVC is used for immobilizing cyclodextrin glucosyltransferase and guards
against thermal inactivation.
3. Synthetic polymer polyurethane microparticles were produced by mixing polyvinyl alcohol and hexamethyl diisothiocyanate in 1:3 proportions. The use of
polyurethane microparticles for enzyme immobilization improved the loading
ability and catalyzing efficiency through the enhanced surface area.
4. Polyethyleneglycol, along with glutaraldehyde, is used for immobilization of
white radish peroxidase and forms a protective layer around the active enzyme
center to guard against oxidative stress.
5. UV-activated PEG having high porosity has been used for wastewater treatment.
6. Glutaraldehyde-activated nylon is well known for lipase immobilization.
5
Early Disease Diagnosis Using a Biosensor
5.1
Mechanisms for Improved Detection Sensitivity
The present diagnosis of critically infectious diseases caused by bacterial, viral, or
fungal pathogens relies on manifold laboratory-based tests, including microscopy,
culture immunoassays, and nucleic acid amplification. Primitive methods for in vitro
diagnosis rely on age-old mechanisms that are time-consuming and mandate the
analysis in centralized laboratories, skilled manpower, and larger-sized equipment.
With the progressive miniaturization and constantly bettered understanding of nanotechnology principles, the point-of-care diagnosis methods have been a boon to
faster and more accurate diagnosis without cumbersome, elaborate laboratory testing
and the manpower requirement. Biosensor-mediated diagnosis of infectious diseases
is characterized by improved DS of pathogen-implicit antigens with the multiplex
detection of host-immune response for an overall improved specificity.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
65
The flexibility exhibited by a biosensor functioning augments the development of
integrating the detection of pathogen-varied targets as well as typical biomarkers that
represent distinctive host-immune responses at variable stages of an infection.
Physical distinctions of biosensor-mediated clinical diagnosis of infectious diseases
comprise a low requirement of to-be analyzed sample, a robust screening mechanism
based on specific interactions, reduced cost, time, and user-friendly operation.
Working in labeled or label-free configurations, the modern biosensors imbibe the
integrated micro- and nanofabrication technologies, working through optical, electrical, and mechanical transducers. While label-free assays screen the analyte via
biochemical reactions on a transducer surface, the labeled assays comprise the
analyte sandwiching between capture and detector agents, wherein the latter is
conjugated using enzymes, fluorophores, or QDs toward a quantifiable signal output.
The following points discuss the two modes with some more illustrations.
• Labeled assays: These are the most commonly used biosensing assays, having
the analyte sandwiched between the capture and detector agents (CAs and DAs).
The CAs are immobilized on a solid surface such as electrodes, glass chips, and
nano- or microparticles, whereas the DAs are conjugated to signaling tags that
could be fluorophores, enzymes, or NPs.
• Label-free assays: These assays couple the optical, electrical, or mechanical
transducers with the signaling tag. The sensor–tag interactions diversify the
optical sensors equipped for perceiving the fluorescent, colorimetric, or luminescent tags (Sin et al. 2014).
• While electrochemical sensors are capable of detecting the redox reactions from
enzyme tags, magnetoresistive sensors detect magnetic tags. Thus, together these
systems enable quantitative or semiquantitative analyte detection by relating the
generated signal with the captured analyte quantity. In general, capture and detector
elements exhibit different binding sites, leading to enhanced specificity with
reduced background. Some assays of labeled configuration are as described next.
Table 10 Working interfaces of labeled biosensors, with corresponding distinctions and possible
concerns
Technology
Redox
electrochemistry
(amperometric)
Bio-barcode
Metal
nanoparticles
POC point of care
Benefits
Adjustable detection platform for
POC configuration and easier
integration with other electric fielddriven approaches
POC-compatible detection platform
and easy-to-interpret results
POC-compatible detection
platform, easy-to-interpret results,
and multiplex
Uncertainties
No real-time detection and assay
involves multiple steps
No real-time detection, cumbersome
probe preparation, and multiple
steps in the assay
No real-time detection, temperature
fluctuation affected assay results,
and multiple steps in the assay
66
P. Malik et al.
• Practiced as the most standardized sandwich immunoassay for infectious disease
diagnosis in clinical laboratories, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA)
typically uses capture and detector antibody modified with an enzyme tag to
facilitate the conversion of a chromogenic substrate to colored molecules. The
quantitative configuration measures the optical density of the colored product and
upon comparing it with a standard serial dilution of a known target molecule (the
screened antigen) concentration. For instance, Liao and team developed an
electrochemical sensor assay for the specific detection of urinary pathogens in
clinical samples. The detection was facilitated by immobilized capture oligonucleotide and labeled detector oligonucleotides for screening for the existence of
bacterial 16S rRNA. Signal was generated by a redox current of the conjugated
enzyme tag to the detector probe.
• To date, the best-known commercial-grade sandwich assays are the lateral flow
immunoassays (also referred to as immunochromatographic test strips), equipped
with qualitative measurements of the signal by visual observation and on a
semiquantitative mode via engineering interfaces such as low-cost laser photodiode or amperometric detectors.
• Some of the better commercial assays in terms of discrete analysis are the home
pregnancy detection kits and urine analysis strips. Likewise, lateral flow assays
are also well known for the analysis of saliva, HIV antigens, malaria, and
tuberculosis screening using serum inspection. Salient benefits of lateral flow
assays include moderate expenditure, almost very minimal sample preparation,
and a robust interpretation of results (Sin et al. 2014). Demerits of this configuration involve a poor sensitivity to distinctly recognizing the clinically suited
targets and the respective qualitative/semiquantitative results. Recent attempts
have worked out the signal amplification through functionalizing the NPs (having
a high aspect ratio) with several different kinds of biomolecules, significantly
bettering the LOD. As of now, the latest design of labeled biosensors is characterized by the incorporation of bio-barcodes, metal, and magnetic NPs (Table 10).
• Bio-barcode amplification: This labeling procedure is amicable for detecting
proteins and nucleic acids without any essential need for enzymatic reactions. The
conventional procedure for bio-barcode amplification (BA) comprises a sandwich
assay, with the capturing of targets using micro-/nanoscale particles conjugated
with oligonucleotides as proximal signal amplification alternatives. Procedurally,
on capturing each target, several barcode DNA strands are generated for the next
detection using an energetic impulse (usually electrochemical or optical). A very
recent study used BA for the detection of HIV-1 capsid (p24) antigen, an
important marker to detect the decreased CD4+ T-cell decreased count, enabling
a timid, HIV-1 infection detection. The screening method used the anti-p24coated microplate for the early detainment of the p24 coat, followed in line by
the biotinylated detector Ab. Subsequently, the streptavidin-functionalized
NPs-based BA DNA was optimized for likely signal amplification. This is
followed by the detection using a chip-based scientometric method. The optimized probe displayed a (0.1–500) pg•ml 1 LOD, with ~150-fold higher sensitivity compared to conventional ELISA. The commercial feasibility was screened
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
67
using clinical blood samples, with 100% negative and positive predictive outcomes in 30 and 45 samples, respectively. Apart from this, the HIV-1 detection
consumed 3 days lesser compared to the ELISA for seroconverted samples.
• Metal nanoparticles: These entities are also efficient signal amplification labels
for biorecognition sensitivity enhancement, imbibed by their quantum mechanically distinguished optical attributes. Several studies have explored Au and Ag
NPs as they exhibit the plasmon absorbance bands in the visible light spectrum
and are determined in turn by the size of their respective particles. Thereby, the
spectral variations arising out of the aggregation and monodispersed states have
been the basis of biomaterial-metal NPs-integrated functional systems as the
detection amplifiers. One study has, for example, used Au-labeled antibodies as
an integrated part of a microfluidics chip for simultaneous diagnosis of HIV and
syphilis from 1 μl of whole blood. The reduction of Ag+ on the Au NPs comprises
signal amplification within a millimeter-sized channel provision. Thereafter, the
OD of silver film is detected and is quantified using low-cost optics or qualitatively through the naked eye. A ccomparative analysis of this sensing configuration with commercial ELISA kits revealed a 100% sensitivity and (98–100)%
specificity for HIV and (82–100)% sensitivity, (97–100)% specificity for syphilis.
• Magnetic nanoparticles: The signaling amplification using MNPs-coupled
detectors in biosensors offers the advantage of compatible utility in solutionphase sandwich assays like that of diagnostic magnetic resonance. The distinction
between solution-phase assays is the relatively faster assay times compared to
diffusion-dependent surface structure-based assays. The diagnostic magnetic
resonance exhibited by MNPs is described by the presence of capture as well as
detection moieties in solution, wherein both are linked to MNPs. On screening a
potential analyte of interest, magnetic particles cluster as antibodies and bind the
analyte. The clusters of magnetic particles are more efficient at dephasing nuclear
spins of adjacent water protons, decreasing the spin–spin relaxation time and
generating a quantifiable signal. In a significant attempt, Chung and colleagues
developed a magneto-DNA platform targeting bacterial 16S rRNAs, capable of
profiling a panel of 13 bacterial species from clinical samples as diverse as urine,
pleural fluid, biliary fluid, ascetic fluid, and blood. Concomitantly, reverse
transcription-PCR amplification of 16S rRNA, polymeric bead capture conferred
target DNA enrichment, and lastly, magnetic amplification via conjugated magnetically labeled beads to the target DNA can collectively enable a single
bacterium DS. A single MNP is capable of disturbing the native chemical balance
of billions of water molecules residing in the vicinity. Potential drawbacks of the
magnetic bead DS comprise the manual sample preparation along with PCR
analysis as a separate step from the nuclear magnetic resonance-based sensor.
5.1.1 Label-Free Assays in Biological Sensing
These assays of a biosensor functioning monitor the changes that occur when target
analytes bind with molecular-capturing elements immobilized on a solid support or
exhibit variations in the interfacial capacities or resistance. Such assays require
merely a single recognition element, paving the way for a simplified assay
68
P. Malik et al.
Table 11 The whereabouts of label-free sensing mechanisms for infectious diseases, underlining
the working principle, distinctive prospects, and the lacking aspects
Assay
configuration
Optical
transducer
Technology
Surface plasmon
resonance
Distinctions
Real-time detection and
high-throughput
possibility
Electrical
transducer
Redox
electrochemistry
(amperometric)
Impedance
spectroscopy
Potentiometry
Field-effect
transistor
Simple sensor design,
robust detection platform:
flexible for miniaturization
Simple electrode design,
real-time detection
Real-time detection and
possibility of consecutive
measurements on different
samples
Real-time detection, stable
sensing response, and
POC-compatible detection
platform
Mechanical
transducer
Microcantilever
Quartz-crystal
microbalance
Real-time detection,
multiplex, and highthroughput possibility
Simple electrode design,
real-time detection, and
detection platform
compatible with POC
configuration
Uncertainties
Diligent to sample matrix
changes, cumbersome
sensor surface
functionalization, and bulky
optical probe
Requires redox species to
increase current generation,
no real-time detection, and
vulnerable to sample matrix
effects
Sensitive to sample matrix
effects, bulky equipment,
and no trivial data analysis
Bulky equipment, sensitive
to sample matrix effects,
cumbersome sample
preparation, and mandates
temperature control
Vulnerable to sample matrix
effects, complicated sensor
configuration, and acute
dependence on temperature
control
Vulnerable to sample matrix
effects, mandates diligent
temperature control, and
bulky equipment
Vulnerable to sample matrix
effects, diligent temperature
control, and stress
adjustment
configuration, and reduced detection time and reagent cost. This mode of recognition
is particularly useful for small molecular targets that can be buried within the binding
pocket of capturing element. This leaves a very low chance for a possible interaction
with a detector agent that is required for a labeled assay. Yet another advantage of the
label-free detection method of biosensing is the steadfast ability to quantitatively
assess the molecular interactions in real time, accompanied by continuous data
recording. Furthermore, the target agents can be detected in their natural form
(without labeling and chemical modification) and can be preserved for further
analysis. Label-free sensing for infectious diseases is made feasible through a
binding event-generated distinction in optical, electrical, or mechanical signaling
(Table 11). Readers are requested to see the details of referred studies in this section
in the Sin et al. 2014 literature source as we are subject to the restriction of not
including more than 50 references.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
69
• Optical transducers: The energy converters of optical sensors are characterized
by their precise involvement in optical phenomena such as changes in surface
plasmons and interferometry. As also elaborated previously, surface effect in
the form of SPR is the excitation of an electromagnetic wave propagating along
the interfering direction of two interacting media. It is mandatory herewith that
the interacting media should have dielectric constants of different signs, like those
in a metal and sample buffer prepared using a specific angle of the incident light
beam (Sin et al. 2014). The output signal is generated via total internal reflection
(TIR), resulting in a reduced intensity of reflected light. The inclination at which
resonance happens is minutely affected by the variations in refractive index,
corresponding to the nanoscale-thick film formation on account of surface molecular interactions. The variations could be screened by analyzing the least shift in
light intensity over a defined time lapse. A useful attempt herein used SPR-driven
biosensor for the detection of Escherichia coli (O157:H7) and methicillinunresponsive Staphylococcus aureus using T4 and B14 bacteriophages as
detaining organisms. This biosensor could screen 1000 cfu•ml 1 within 20 min
duration.
• Another strategy for bettering the functional accuracy of optical biosensing is
backscattering interferometry (BI), working through a singular monochromatic
light source (low-power He–Ne or red diode laser), optimized for focusing over a
microfluidic channel. The reflected light intensity is monitored via a detector. The
typical operation involves a coherent illumination of a fluid-filled channel, from
the light source, generating varied interferences due to the sub-wavelength
structures of the channel. Processing of output response is made via analysis of
fringe pattern using a detector positioned in the backscattered direction through
which changes in refractive indices could be monitored to quantify the underlying
molecular binding patterns. The working configuration is optimized for screening
via free solution or surface-immobilized molecular proximities, which are generally discrete for microfluidic devices. Detection to the picoliters extent is illustrated via determining the binding constants ranging from micro- to picomoles. A
select study (Kussrow & colleagues) herein demonstrated a rapid screening of
human IgG from syphilis sufferers, making use of a purified recombinant treponemal antigen r17, explaining the significance for serological diagnosis in a
clinical specimen.
• The label-free configurations of optical biosensors usually necessitate an accurate
placement of light for coupling with the sensing region, a critical aspect for pointof-care applications. Thereby, optical sensing can be significantly advanced using
the BI modulation summed up over the different sample regions. Integrated
optical analysis facilitated the positioning of multiple active and passive optical
components over the same substrate, allowing the configuration of multiple
sensors over a single chip. A recent attempt herein comprised the design of a
nanobiosensor working via light transmission in plasmonic nanoscale perforations and explicit classification of specific antibodies for multiple diverse strains
of rapidly developing viruses. The optimized configuration involved a direct
coupling of perpendicularly incident light using sensing assays that eased the
70
P. Malik et al.
requirements for photocoupling. Analysis of the performance on a clinical scale
was estimated via detection of single-enveloped RNA viruses (vesicular stomatitis and pseudotyped Ebola strains) and squarely the largely masked DNA
viruses.
5.1.2 Electrically Stimulated Transducers
Majorly attributed to their high sensitivity, simplicity of application, and the ability
to be coupled with automated, miniaturized processing tools, the sensing mechanisms using electrical and electronic signal modulation are reasonably well demonstrated. To date, the most reported working principles of electrical biosensors for the
diagnosis of infectious diseases comprise voltammetric, amperometric, impedance,
and potential difference analysis. Both voltammetric and amperometric sensors
function via measuring the electrical current passing through an electrolyte in
terms of direct current potential difference between the two electrodes in an electrolyte, with time.
• A noted attempt in this regard is the study by Qiu and colleagues, wherein the
investigators developed an immunosensor for amperometric detection of hepatitis
B surface antigen. The working configuration of the probe involved a glassy
carbon electrode modified with a network of cationic poly(allylamine)fragmented ferrocene and anionic Au NPs. This combination enabled the formation of a biocompatible, stable thin film having a high specific interfacial area that
minimized the loss of mediator as well as antibodies through accurate and
selective adsorption to hepatitis B surface antigen.
• Electrical biosensors working through monitoring impedance changes function
by resisting the current flow on the application of a sinusoidal potential difference
over a wide range of frequencies, with a constant DC bias potential difference.
Impedance is computed as the ratio of applied sinusoidal potential differences
(generally varies) and the concomitant current output generated across the
interface.
• Multiple studies screened infectious disorders using well-characterized impedance-driven biosensors. In one of these noteworthy attempts, α-mannose carbohydrate was recognized to screen the presence of E. coli ORN 178, a surrogate for
pathogenic strain O157:H7. The optimized configuration exhibited an LOD of
10 2 CFU (colony-forming units) per ml as its LOD. Another rigorous study by
Shafiee and accomplices screened enriched HIV-1 and its multiple subtypes
having magnetic beads functionalized with anti-Gp120 (HIV core protein) antibodies. Viral lysates were screened using impedance measurement to the ultralow extents of (10–6 to 10–8) units at ml extents on an electrode having simplistic
geometry. Both of these studies pinpointed discrete and specific recognition of a
small molecular target that was possible due to nearly null interaction with the
detecting probe, a major feature of labeled assay configuration. A prominent need
highlighted in both cases, however, mandates that capturing elements should be
capable of accommodating the analyte within a restricted binding domain.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
71
• Another method for the detection of analytes using the potential difference
measurement based on the measurement of accumulated charge using a highimpedance voltmeter with the trifling current flow is “potentiometry.” A significant attempt herein demonstrated an immunosensor that worked through the
potentiometric transduction ability of single-walled CNTs in combination with
protein-explicit RNA aptamers. The net aim centered on the identification of
variable surface glycoproteins (VSGs) of African Trypanosomes. Aptamers are
fundamentally the small and synthetically made RNA/DNA segments that are
capable of forming secondary or tertiary structures for binding to specific molecular targets. A major limitation curtailing the functioning of such assays is the
short half-life of RNA aptamers, characterized by the receptiveness of
phosphodiester backbone alongside the ribonuclease and exonuclease-bound 50
and 30 termini. Keeping this in mind, the study focused on the synthesis of
nuclease-resistant RNA aptamer sensors having 2’ F substituted cysteine and
uracil nucleotides. To summarize, the functional sensing domain (VSG-specific,
nuclease-resistant RNA aptamers hybridized with SWCNTs) worked well for
attomolar extent detection of VSG protein in the blood.
• A fairly similar sensing mechanism involves FET, making use of a moderate
current passage of a semiconductor via an externally applied electric field due to
the charged particles in the vicinity. In general, the response of this sensing
mechanism is accomplished in terms of threshold potential shift of field-effect
structure, owing to the binding at the gate electrode. The optimized sensing assay
was used for the detection of the pathogenic yeast strain, C. albicans, through a
network of SWCNTs functionalized with monoclonal anti-Candida antibodies,
integrated functioning as a conductor channel. The specific detection of yeast
membrane antigens was conceptualized through this sensor at an LOD of
50 cfu•ml 1.
• The explicit probes working through assessing the FET dynamics exhibited
stability over a wide pH range and electrolyte concentrations, besides being
generated in large concentrations at a relatively low cost. These accurate sensitivities for the nucleocapsid protein detection by the FET platform comprising
biosensor, in a complex media, equated the functioning with an ELISA protocol.
• Mechanical transducers: Recent advances in microelectromechanical systems
(MEMS) and nanoelectromechanical systems (NEMS) have added a new realm in
the working sensitivity of transducers capable of perceiving physical stimulus
changes such as those in forces, motions, mechanical properties, and mass
accompanied by molecular recognition. Among the different mechanical biosensors, cantilever and QCM comprise one of the most accurate probes. Mechanical bending of micro- or nanocantilever is screened through an optical readout
mechanism optimized for accurate detection of stress/strain profile of the cantilever promptly after an analyte binds the probe. A notable attempt by Mader and
colleagues herein functionalized a cantilever array with carbohydrate molecules
to capture E. coli. The probe used by investigators involved Au coating of the top
edges of the cantilever array functionalized with self-assembled layers of distinct
mannosidase. The assembly facilitated a real-time reproducible detection of
72
P. Malik et al.
diverse E. coli strains including ORN 208, 178, and 206, with a sensitivity
ranging well above four orders. Structural similarity of galactose with mannose
paved the way for accommodating an internal reference cantilever with galactose
to screen the nonspecific binding and concurrent nonspecific reactions, such as
changes in pH, refractive index, or the reactions occurring on the cantilever
underside.
• In a closely related study, Liu and colleagues used cantilever-driven biosensing to
ascertain real-time cellular growth via monitoring the drug–cell interactions. The
detected stimulus comprised the real-time growth of S. cerevisiae strains, YN94-1
and YN94-19, using the polymer cantilevers. The static mode of cantilever
scanning exhibited an enhanced sensitivity, distinguishing the impacts of energizing the interactions between essential nutrients (completely synthetic uracil)
and 50 -fluoroorotic acid in the yeast cells. In place of preferred silicon nitride
cantilever probes, polymer-based probes were designed at a moderate expenditure
with much lesser micromachining, encompassing a high sensitivity by tough
polyimide modulus.
• The detection using piezoelectric mechanisms, involving QCM, works through
assessing the dynamics of resonant frequency for oscillating quartz-crystal, in
response to the alterations of surface-adsorbed mass, following the biorecognition.
The discrete analyte identification was based on the internal mechanical stress
generated in a piezoelectric responsive substrate, being coupled with an external
potential. This stress gives rise to a varying electric field that in turn generates an
acoustic wave throughout a crystal in a perpendicular orientation concerning the
plate surfaces. A change in the QCM resonance frequency depends on multiple
aspects, among which changes in mass, viscosity, the dielectric constant of the
solution, and ionic status of the crystal–buffer solution interface are prominent.
A noteworthy effort herein from Hewa and accomplices reports a QCM-based
immunosensor for screening influenza A and B viral strains via conjugating Au
NPs to anti-influenza A or B MAbs. The optimized configuration exhibited an
LOD of 103 pfu•ml 1 for laboratory culture preparations and clinical-grade
analysis (nasal cleansers). Screening for clinical grade revealed a significant
comparison of as-prepared biosensor with standard shell vial and cell culture
assays, analyzed for 67 clinical specimens, overall possessing higher sensitivity
and specificity than ELISA.
• Still another way to enhance the sensitivity and specificity of QCM biosensors
involved the imprinting of a molecular-grade film over a QCm chip. Polymers
imprinted molecularly have emerged as vital accessories in the fabrication of
synthetic recognition elements. This is very well illustrated by the work of Lu and
group, who demonstrated a biomimetic sensor generation via epitope imprinting
for the detection of HIV-1 glycoprotein, Gp41. This glycoprotein has been
demonstrated as an explicit marker for HIV infection progression and the therapeutic response vis-a-vis administered therapies (antibodies). Better affinityminimized random (nonspecific) interactions and cost-effectiveness are the
major benefits of epitope-driven imprinting over the traditional approach involving proteins. In another significant attempt, dopamine was employed as a
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
73
functional monomer for the Gp41 detection, comprising polymerization on the
QCM chip surface in the presence of a synthetic peptide analogous to 579–613
residues of Gp41. The optimized configuration enabled quantitative Gp41 sensing with 2 ng•ml 1 LOD, an extent comparable with that of ELISA. The sensor
also functioned well in the screening of Gp41 spiked human urine samples,
exhibiting feasibility for point-of-care use.
• Another closely matching probe was reported by Tokonami and colleagues,
wherein a molecularly imprinted polymer film comprising excessively oxidized
polypyrrole (OPPy) in combination with QCM was used for direct bacterial
detection. The optimized setup enabled an LOD of 10 3 CFU per ml or lesser
extents within 3 min. Bacterial cavities created in OPPy film exhibited a high
selectivity, enabling the distinctive recognition of the target bacterium, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, in a mixture containing uniformly similar morphology bacteria, comprising Acinetobacter calcoaceticus, E. coli, and Serratia marcescens.
As label-free sensing configurations generally do not rely on signal amplification,
enhancing the detection specificity and sensitivity is majorly accomplished via an
optimum selection of sensing probes and transducers. Recent advances in
bioanalytical methods and characterization assays are highly aimed to design and
implement improved sensing probes having significantly high sensitivity, specificity,
and long-term stability. A formidable challenge limiting the clinical utility of labelfree biosensors is the replication of the identification principles from laboratory-scale
to commercial-grade clinical samples, such as blood, serum, and urine. This is
substantially attributed to the complex matrices of clinical samples, which may
result in nonspecific, random binding and generation of aberrant signals. For
instance, charge-driven label-free biosensors are highly affected by even minute
changes in pH, ionic strength, and vicinity temperature. Likewise, nanowires generally mandate sample desalination before the detection while microcantilevers need
precise temperature regulators. The random binding-driven interactions are the
common causes of loose control, leading to a measurable signal that is not much
distinct from the one generated by the targeted analyte. Several alternative methodologies are documented to moderate the matrix interference of samples. The most
common of these involves the design of hydrophilic antifouling surfaces such as
PEG, whose surface modification is reported as a befitting biomarker for screening
the clinically significant sensitivity in the native blood serum using EIS. Another
strategy uses zwitterionic polymers with a hydrophilic receptiveness and electrically
neutral character, being of significant use as antifouling interfaces. It is important to
recall here the observation of multiple investigations, wherein coating the probe
surface with poly carboxy betaine methacrylate (a zwitterionic polymer) inhibits the
random and nonspecific protein adsorption from the blood serum. This significantly
improves the antibody–target-binding affinity, making it possible to screen clinical
samples through a label-free detection (Sin et al. 2014).
74
6
P. Malik et al.
Case Studies on Biosensor-Diagnosed Cancers
Cancers are perhaps one of the worst mortalities affecting mankind at present. Even
though consistent progress in molecular characterization and diagnostic assays has
collectively improvised their pathological know-how, timely treatment is badly
recognized as the need of the hour. Irrespective of the organ concerned, hereditary
factors and mutational onsets are the major manifestation factors of all cancers. Of
late, the treatment methodologies have though bettered but only in terms of curative
aspects and not much with a preventive outlook. Persistent trouble with the efficient
treatment of cancers pertains to their metastasis and changing mutational consequences in the aftermath of environmental variations. For instance, lung cancer
(LC) has a particular higher probability to affect smokers, whereby more rigorous
information on stage-specific biomarkers is inferred. Although such events are less
observed in nonsmokers, manifold reasons, including genetic factors and a higher
risk of passive smoking, may accumulate viciously. Similarly, the geographical
specifications affected by unprecedented mining activities are more vulnerable to
deteriorating soil quality (deposition of heavy metals and radioactive elements),
wherein the chances of ophthalmological and throat tumors are aggravated. Likewise, Asian and African females are more susceptible to breast cancers (BCs) than
European females. For the treatment of cancers, early diagnosis is a must so that the
spread to nonoriginating locations is minimized. To ensure this, it is highly urgent to
screen the initial stage biomarkers through which the efficacy of treatment protocols
could be modified as per the severity. Since this chapter is not attributed to cancers
and their molecular aspects, a description of the emerging biosensor-mediated
fastened treatment of more threatening, LC and BC is described in detail with others
being briefly summarized.
6.1
Lung Cancer
• Prevailing as a molecular heterogeneous disorder, LC mandates a need for robust
and accurate therapy for adjudging its pathological manifestation. On a histological basis, LC prevails as small-cell (SCLC) and non-small cell (NSCLC) subtypes, with ~85% of sufferers being affected by NSCLC. Notable NSCLC
subtypes include lung adenocarcinoma (LAD) and lung squamous cell carcinoma
(LSC). The latest research analysis predicts tobacco smoking as the leading LC
cause, contributing to >80% of the global cases. Despite all forms of LC
exhibiting some sort of association with tobacco smoking, the LSC and SCLC
are more dependent on smoking than LAD. LAD affects nonsmokers more
commonly, facing a higher vulnerability of having LC from sources other than
tobacco smoke (Hackshaw et al. 1997).
• However, despite smoking being a major cause of increasing LC mortality,
present treatment options are the outcomes of a paradigm shift from generalized
cytotoxic therapy to personalized medicine. Indeed, treatments do assume a
specific regime in light of swift genetic modifications and varying programmed
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
75
Table 12 Overexpressed cell surface receptor proteins of lung cancer cells
Sr.
no.
1.
Receptor noticed in specified LC cell line
EGFR studied in A549 LC cells
2.
CD44, acutely expressed in NSCLC tumors
and hyaluronic acid, noticed in A549 and
SK-LU-1 LC cells
3.
4.
Transferrin, type II transmembrane
glycoprotein involved in cellular Fe
transport and growth regulation, noted in
H460 human LC cells, and expressed in
76% LAD and 96% SCLC cases
Folate receptor alpha (FRA)
5.
Integrins noted in H1299 cells
Associated cellular function and possible
clinical application
Cell surface tyrosine kinase protein
receptor involved in growth, division, and
proliferation, and EGFR targeting chitosan
NP silenced the mitotic checkpoint, Mad2,
and induced cell death
Targeted for (30–60)% tumor growth
inhibition, promotes macrophage
repolarization and activates p53-mediated
apoptosis
Low use and limited therapeutic success,
but acts significantly in the blood–brain
barrier (BBB)
74% LADC and 13% SCLC overexpress
FRA, targeted via polyspermine NPs
conjugated with folic acid, FA-conjugated
chitosan graft PEI-mediated small hairpin
delivery to cancer cells, induced stable
shRNA condensation, and DNAse
protection
α5, β1, and αvβ3 are common in all LCs,
and αvβ3 is used for improved diagnosis
involving PEG-grafted nanoparticle
surfaces
Induces EGFP gene silencing in H1299
cells, and PLGA NP promoted VEGF
inhibition in a mouse model
Note: These entities are the crucial riders of implicit identification of tumor cells and their
characteristic expression is used as a diagnostic measure for tumor cells
death ligand-1 (PD-L1), the latter being vitally involved in escaping the targeted
therapies through immune checkpoint blockers (ICBs). Table 12 pinpoints the
overexpressed cell surface receptor proteins in LC, giving rise to significant intratumoral heterogeneity with distinct molecular characteristics. These proteins are
authentic biomarkers of LC manifestation, with Kirsten rat sarcoma (KRAS) and
epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) being the genes undergoing rapid
mutations, noticed with greater frequency in LAD and LSC. Several serum
tumor markers have been studied in LC, including carcinoembryonic antigen
(CEA), CA-125, CYFR A21-21, chromogranin A, neuron-specific enolase
(NSE), retinol-binding protein (RBP), α1-antitrypsin, and LSC carcinoma
antigen.
• No single blood test is known for LC, and CEA is a widely studied tumor marker,
reported as elevated in (0–38)% of SCLC patients and (30–65)% of those having
the extensive disease. Studies estimate elevated CEA in (30–65)% of NSCLC
76
P. Malik et al.
sufferers, with a retrospective investigation of 153 NSCLC patients (entirely
resected tumors) by Muley and colleagues reported lower overall survival rates
for elevated CEA expressions contrary to those of normal. Both CEA and CA-125
are expressed to a lower extent in patients having the early-stage disease compared to that with metastatic manifestation. Aggressive pathology, coupled with
an advanced stage at diagnosis and a high relapse propensity, is the major cause
for a below-par SCLC prognosis to date. The data regarding the identification of
potential biomarkers against LC are substantially retrospective with a dearth of
larger prospective trials. A significant role of post-translational modifications has
made proteomics an emerging platform (superseding genomics) to screen the
corresponding effect on carcinogenesis.
• To date, however, 2D-gel electrophoresis is extensively used to screen the
potential SCLC and NSCLC biomarkers, but the overall process is cumbersome
with low sensitivity. The limited extent of available tissue is another factor
affecting the identification of potential LC. Thereby, screening the optimum
serum biomarkers could be of much clinical significance, so plasma proteome
analysis is a complex undertaking, having witnessed significant advances. Using
multidimensional chromatography and mass spectrometry (MS) analysis, as
many as 1175 LC implicit plasma proteins have been identified. Besides electrophoresis and MS, other notable methods for LC detection developed in the last
decade include computed tomography (CT), chest radiograph (CRG), magnetic
resonance imaging (MRI), positron emission tomography (PET), and biopsy.
Quite disappointedly, all these methods suffer from poor sensitivity besides
being expensive and inducing physical/chemical risks. As a result, they could
not enable early-stage LC diagnosis. Although subsequent methodologies of
ELISA and PCR did exhibit high sensitivity besides having less invasive procedures, the detection progress is slow, along with an expensive consumption of
reagents.
• Of late, several robust mechanisms have emerged to steadfast the LC diagnosis
using the fluid mechanics dynamics; visible as electrochemical, optical, microfluidics, and microarray-based biosensors (refer Yang et al. 2019 for details).
Compared to the conventional methods, the novel sensing mechanisms in these
biosensors have better sensitivity, selectivity, and stability besides being a moderate cost and relatively simpler operational modes. A common factor in the
emerging progress of these biosensors has been the emergence of multifunctional
and size-varied energy possessing NMs. The functional diversity of NMs
manifested from their high SA, multiple interactions at the same instant, and
size-driven energy modulation is the reason for improved detection limits and
reduced detection times in these biosensors. For accurate screening of LC, it is
pertinent to have a sound knowledge of various early-stage LC biomarkers that
are described next.
• In most general words, markers are the biochemical parameters that can be
measured in the plasma or other body fluids isolated from suspected cancer
patients, commonly exhibiting a susceptibility of being the prerequisite for
serological tumor marker diagnosis. The typical expression of tumor markers at
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
•
•
•
•
77
a given instant is determined by several tumor parameters such as size, mass,
expression extent, synthesis ability, and catabolic and excretion rates besides the
tumor blood supply. Variation in any of these factors is likely to aggravate the
complexity, leading to enhanced sensitivity of tumor marker detection. In the last
decade, DNA methylation has emerged as a prominent sensitive and specific
epigenetic event that has been reported for accurate screening of LC pathological
changes. It is significant to mention here that the expression of the
abovementioned LC markers may have an association with smoking history,
ethnicity, and genetic factors but such dependence is merely quantitative. So,
the desired need is to have accurate and sensitive molecular characterization tools
that can screen even a minute expression of these. The following points shed light
on some prominent markers among these. For cited literature in the subsequent
subsections, readers are suggested to refer a 2019 review article by Yang and
associates, featured in the Journal of Biosensors and Bioelectronics.
Neuron-specific enolase: With a 39 kDa molecular weight, neuron-specific
enolase (NSA) comprises two matching polypeptide chains (α/γ or γ/γ). NSE is
essentially glycolytic enzyme enolase that substantially prevails in peripheral
neurons besides central and neuroendocrine tissues. The occurrence of NSE in
SCLC was reported first in the 1980s, with all sufferers showing a high NSE
expression. NSE release may occur in erythrocytes and blood platelets with a
concentration variation that is independent of age, sex, and smoking history. In
2003, it was reported that NSE also served as an important NSCLC marker, being
recognized as a survival indicator irrespective of erstwhile prognostic factors.
Cytokeratin 19 fragment: A 36 kD cytokeratin 19 fragment, cytokeratin
19 fragment (CYFRA 21-1) reside in the epithelial cell (including bronchus
epithelium) cytoskeleton and is the only source of CYFRA 21-1. CYFRA 21-1
has been screened as exclusively expressed in lung tissues and is the most
sensitive NSCLC marker (exclusively in LSC). Studies based on multivariate
analyses unanimously reveal CYFRA 21-1 as an important marker for screening
the NSCLC prognosis, treatment efficacy, and recurrence.
Carcinoembryonic antigen: With a molecular weight of ~180 kDa,
carcinoembryonic antigen (CEA) is a cell-membrane-associated glycoprotein
group, expressing to the highest extent in the fetus serum of 22nd pregnancy
week (not in a healthy adult). The importance of CEA as a tumor biomarker is not
limited to LC, and it is also a keen identifier in the colon, gastric, pancreatic,
breast, and ovarian cancers. The normal CEA range for adult nonsmokers and
smokers is <2.5 ng•ml 1 and 5 ng•ml 1, respectively. A rise above these
concentrations signifies the recurrence or progression of LC. A high CEA concentration in the exhaled air condensate is perhaps the best predictive aspect of
early NSCLC. The screening of lung malignancies is usually made via combined
detection of CEA and CYFRA (a 21-1 extent).
Squamous cell carcinoma antigen: This is a 48 kDa protein, associated with the
serine protease inhibitor family. The squamous cell carcinoma antigen (SCCA)
prevails in squamous cells and is referred to as a structural protein, indicating a
differentiation cancer stage. Variations in SCCA extents are the familiar
78
•
•
•
•
P. Malik et al.
indicators of lung squamous carcinomas, cervix, uteri, head and neck regions, and
esophagus. Varied SCCA expression levels inferred different LC stages; an
NSCLC monitoring by SCCA mandates its screening in combination with
CYFRA21-1.
Carcinoma antigen 125 (CA125): This is a 200 kDa membrane mucin-like
glycoprotein and prevails as a prominent BC, ovarian cancer, and LC biomarker.
Among the different LC forms, adenocarcinoma and large cell LC exhibit significantly high carcinoma antigen 125 expressions. Thus, CA125 can be used as a
predictive marker for evaluating the prognosis, treatment accuracy, and early
treatment response in NSCLC.
Tissue polypeptide antigen (TPA): This is a cytoskeleton protein having
20 kDa, first noticed as being released from proliferating cells originating from
ER and cell membrane. TPA can independently exhibit a significant LC
prognosis.
Others: Besides the abovementioned LC markers, some other markers used to
screen the LC include carbohydrate antigen 19-9, tumor M2-pyruvate kinase
(M2-PK), progastrin-releasing peptide (ProGRP), vascular endothelial growth
factor (VEGF), serum human epididymis protein-4 (HE4), cancer-testis antigen
(NY-ESO-1), clinical application markers such as CRP and lactate dehydrogenase
(LDH). Besides these, a range of newly discovered markers for LC includes
exosomal microRNA, navitoclax, TFIIB-related factor 2, DR-70, Glasgow prognostic source, serum microRNA 21, and serum-microRNA 204, serum
microRNA-100, apurinic/apyrimidinic endonuclease 1, and urokinase plasminogen activator.
Erstwhile of the above serum markers, those belonging to bronchoalveolar lavage
fluid (e.g., ubiquitin-specific peptidase 8, chitinase 3-like 1, glutathione-s-transferase P1) and breath markers (e.g., 2,4-dimethylheptane, 2-methyl-1-pentene
and 4-methyloctane) are also the prominent LC markers.
6.1.1 Biosensors for Lung Tumor Biomarker Detection
Updates corresponding to this section are almost summarized from the 2019 review
article by Yang and associates, featured in the Journal of Biosensors and
Bioelectronics. Thereby, readers are suggested to refer to the details of non-listed
references from this literature source.
1. Neuron-specific enolase detection: Possessing a significant specificity toward
NSCLC, the NSE screening has been made using electrochemical, optical, and
surface-enhanced Raman scattering (SERS)-driven biosensors. A high sensitivity,
rapidity, and simplicity of operation are responsible for a wider application of
electrochemical and optical analytical methods. Several NMs and biocompatible
polymers are being applied to design biosensors to achieve stable and greater
signal amplification. The following sections describe the recently reported NSE
sensing configurations using electrochemical, optical, and feasible NMs.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
79
6.1.2 Electrochemical Biosensors
The biosensors working on an electrochemical basis for NSE detection can be
labeled or label-free in configurations and may use NMs or polymers for functioning
through a sensitive platform. The labeled configurations usually amplify the detection signal as per the modified platform and labeled tag. Contrary to this, the labelfree version merely requires a modified platform for signal amplification. In a 2017
attempt, Wei and his team configured the electrochemical biosensors for NSE
detection using Au NPs and reduced graphene oxide composites-driven signal
intensification. The Au NPs-reduced GO enabled the enhanced binding sites for
modified Ab, thereby enhancing the detection signal sensitivity. The designed sensor
configuration exhibited a linear relationship from (0.1 to 2000) ng•ml 1 with
0.05 ng•ml 1 LOD. To further enhance the DS, the investigators used porous 3D
graphene–starch architecture as a sensing platform with Au NPs-coated ordered
mesoporous carbon–silica (OMCSi–Au) as a target. The introduced modifications
enabled a higher surface area to capture the target proteins alongside accelerated
electron transfer, resulting in a 0.008 pg•ml 1 LOD.
The simplified configurations of the label-free assay have been the reason for their
greater use in NSE detection with comparatively higher stability. In a 2018 attempt,
Zhang and his team used a 3D macroporous reduced GO-polyaniline filmengineered Au electrode for NSE detection. The rGO-PANI composite exhibited a
larger specific surface and high electron conductivity with manifold electroactive
sites. To overcome the vulnerable stability of sensing interactions, the molecular
imprint (MIP) served as artificial receptors for implicit target molecule recognition.
Another configuration was reported by Wang and colleagues, who used a 3D
structured Au nanoarray as amplification moiety and 1-(3-mercaptopropyl)-3vinyl-imidazolium tetrafluoroborate as the molecularly imprinted film, on the
removal of NSE templates. The NSE detection response exhibited a linear range
from (0.01 to 1) ng•ml 1 with an LOD of 2.6 pg•ml 1 and <5% relative standard
deviations (RSDs). Another study aimed at NSE detection in serum samples used a
wireless POC testing system constituted of Au NPs nanocomposites, thionine, and
amino-functional graphene as a microfluidic paper-based analytical device and a
smartphone as a signal receiver for NSE detection. The sensor exhibited a low LOD
along with a wide detection assortment in serum samples that argued well for clinical
applications.
6.1.3 Optical Biosensors
As opposed to electrochemical mechanisms, the optical biosensors exhibit a low
interference with the detection system, commonly used to detect biological targets.
Amalgamating electrochemical and optical detection mechanisms, the photoelectrochemical (PEC) analytical methods are well compatible with a more sensitive
NSE detection. To elucidate this, Lin and colleagues designed an enzyme-free
multicolor immunosensor for NSE detection. The sensor utilized Cu+2-modified
carbon nitride nanosheets as catalytic substrate with Au nanobiopyramid as a
chromogenic substrate for multicolor display when TMB2+ etches Au nanobiopyramid and develops multicolor patterns.
80
P. Malik et al.
6.1.4 Other Biosensor Configurations
The SERS has been viciously reported for immunosensing purposes, with a modifiable surface for biomolecule conjugation. A potential attempt in this regard by Gao
and colleagues prepared nanostar Au morphology that was then conjugated with
malachite green isothiocyanate (MGI) after being functionalized with silica NPs
(Si NPs). The assembly was used as SERS probes via applying disposable paperbased lateral flow strip as a platform and Au nanostars coupled with MGI-Si NPs as
detection probes. The biosensor exhibited a wide detection range of
(1–50,000) ng•ml 1 and 0.86 ng•ml 1 LOD in diluted blood plasma samples.
2. Cytokeratin 19 fragment 21-1 detection: Recognized as the most effective
NSCLC biomarker, CYFRA21-1 exhibits high sensitivity and specificity. Disappointingly, very few studies are reported on CYFRA21-1 detection, and the
necessary aspects of electrochemical and optical biosensors are discussed next.
6.1.5 Electrochemical Biosensors
The labeled configurations are rather more common for CYFRA21-1 detection. In
one such attempt, Zeng and colleagues developed a labeled biosensor using 3D
graphene oxide, chitosan, and glutaraldehyde as platform and Ab-modified nanocomposites (prepared using –NH2 functionalization of MWCNTs), thionine, Au
NPs, and HRP-labeled Abs as a label. Another attempt by Gao and associates
reported an immunosensor using Si nanowire tunneling FET (optimized by CMOS
compatibility). The bottom-up approach of tunneling FET immunoassay can detect
CYFRA21-1 extent as low as 0.65 fg•ml 1. Other than frequently used NMs, studies
have used rare earth metal hydroxides and hydrogel assemblies for CYFRA21-1
detection. A study by Tiwari and colleagues has shown that lanthanum hydroxide
(La(OH)3) NPs were immobilized on an indium-tin-oxide glass substrate as a signal
amplification platform due to a larger number of bioactive sites, high electron
transfer mobility, and electrocatalytic response. The developed immunosensor
exhibited high sensitivity for CYFRA21-1 detection with 5 min response time.
Another study by Wang and Ma reported enhanced DS of amperometric biosensors
using a conductive hydrogel. The probe involved functionalized cross-linked phytic
acid (containing Au NPs) for CYFRA21-1 detection, resulting in unmatchable redox
activity and electron transfer ability, developing a linear response within (50 fg•ml 1
to 100 ng•ml 1, with an LOD of 38 fg•ml 1). Readers are requested to find the
details of the above-referred studies in the 2019 Journal of Biosensors and
Bioelectronics contribution by Yang and associates.
6.1.6 Optical Biosensors
Low interference, weak background nature, and high sensitivity are the features of
an optical immunoassay for CYFRA21-1 detection. For instance, Yu and colleagues,
through their 2019 research attempt, developed a novel PEC biosensor having
biofunctional polydopamine/tungsten oxide NPs as a sensing platform. Besides
these, the SPR-based biosensors relied on light-stimulated electronic oscillations at
the changeable metal film surface, which can be as such used for CYFRA21-1
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
81
detection. Another advantage of SPR biosensors is their high stability and sensitivity
for plasma screening. As a paradigm shift, Chiu and colleagues in 2018 fabricated an
ultrasensitive SPR immunosensor based on cystamine as a linker on a GO sheet
immobilized on the chip surface. The biosensor exhibited significant stability and
sensitivity and revealed kinetically fitted values in the human plasma. Owing to legal
restrictions, the referred studies could be traced to the 2019 Journal of Biosensors
and Bioelectronics contribution of Yang and associates.
3. Carcinoembryonic antigen detection: Noted as a broad-spectrum tumor marker,
screening the CEA expression is viciously recognized as an implicit signature for
diagnosis, prognosis, and monitoring the different cancers. Compared to other
biomarkers, a higher molecular weight of CEA enables a larger number of
functional groups for immobilization and modification. This has been the reason
for a range of biosensors being available for CEA detection, including electrochemical, optical, SPR based, SERS-based, aptasensors, and others. The following sections discuss the recent progress in biosensors design for CEA detection.
6.1.7 Electrochemical Biosensors
The recent surge in electrochemical biosensor development for CEA detection is
substantially due to their fast response, stability, high sensitivity, and specificity.
Apart from this, the attainment of high signal amplification has been made possible
by the incorporation of different NMs, including noble metal NMs, carbon NMs, and
polymeric NMs. Among the electrochemical options, much interest has been in
labeled configurations, wherein Lee and colleagues 2017 designed a sandwich
biosensor using Ag NPs in combination with rGO (AgNPs-rGO) for modifying
the SPCE as sensing matrix and HRP-labeled Ab as a tag for CEA detection. The
sensor exhibited a (0.05–0.50) μg•ml 1 calibration with 35 ng•ml 1 as LOD. The
preferential benefits of using NMs in place of enzymes comprise remarkable stability, better sensitivity, and improved modification. As per Feng and colleagues, the
Au NPs dotted thionine-functionalized CNTs and Au NPs-doped PAN-coated CNTs
are used as sensing platforms and signal labels, respectively. The configuration
exhibited significant sensitivity toward CEA detection due to CNTs’ and Au NPs’
dual-signal amplification. In another study, Wang and colleagues attempted the CEA
detection using Ag NPs modified with molybdenum disulfide-coated Fe3O4 NPs
(Ag/MoS2@Fe3O4) as a label and similar to the ELISA method. The investigators
selected Ab-conjugated Ag/MoS2@Fe3O4 via ELISA, which resulted in the conduct
of detection on magnetic GCE with the assistance of a chosen label. The configuration exhibited a 0.03 pg•ml 1 as LOD, much lower than contemporary attempts of
similar times. The emergence of systematic ligand evolution through exponential
enrichment paved the way for choosing aptamers to specifically recognize the highaffinity targets, leading to enhanced specificity and stability besides simpler synthesis and modification. An exclusive attempt in this reference used aptasensor based on
sandwich tactics for a sensitive CEA detection. The CEA aptamer 2 (CEAapt2),
dendritic Pt@Au nanowires (Pt@AuNWs), and toluidine blue together formed
Pt@AuNWs-CEAapt2-Tb bioconjugate as a signal tag while Au-functionalized
82
P. Malik et al.
GCE immobilized with CEAapt1 was used as sensing probe for capturing the CEA
in a sandwich-type configuration. The configuration demonstrated a good linear
response to the (0.001–80) ng•ml 1 CEA range with 0.31 pg•ml 1 LOD.
Among the notable attempts toward CEA detecting label-free electrochemical
biosensors, the one by Shao and associates used a label-free immunoassay based on
Prussian blue nanocubes-loaded molybdenum-disulfide nanocomposites (MoS2PBNCs) as a sensing platform. This platform displayed splendid electrocatalytic
ability that could be applied for CEA recognition in human serum with a good
resolution. The advantages offered by polymeric NMs have been incentives to
improve the CEA detection resolution, wherein significant redox activity, easier
modification, adequate biocompatibility, and stability are some prominent traits.
Making use of these characteristics, Ji and colleagues in their 2015 work used Au
NPs-doped polydopamine to modify carbon-encapsulated Fe3O4 NPs embedded in
porous graphitic carbon NCs (Fe3O4@C@PGC) as CEA detection probe, with
<0.33 pg•ml 1 LOD and <3% RSD. A detailed description could be traced to the
2017 contributions of Ji and Shao research groups. Based on relative polymers
doping, Li and colleagues used Au-F127 nanospheres as an electrochemical interface for CEA detection and observed 0.5 pg•ml 1 LOD over a (0.001–10) ng•ml 1
calibration range. Owing to legal restrictions, the referred studies could be traced to
the 2019 Journal of Biosensors and Bioelectronics contribution of Yang and
associates.
6.1.8 Optical Biosensors
Among the noted attempts of optically activated biosensors for CEA detection, the
2018 study by Danesh and group used a fluorescent aptasensor based on 5,6,7trimethyl-1,8-napthyridin-2-amine (ATMND) as a dye and a three-way junction
pocket as fluorescent quenching probe. The CEA aptamer conjugate of the threeway junction pocket was stripped in CEA presence. The sensor was very effective in
CEA detection with significant recovery from human serum. In another potential
effort, Wang and colleagues aimed for high sensitivity and used upconversion NPs
(UNPs) to fabricate a FRET-driven immunosensor using fluorescein isothiocyanate
(FITC)-labeled primary Ab (Ab1) and Au NPs-labeled secondary Ab (Ab2) to form
Au NPs-CEA-FITC-Ab complex in the presence of CEA. The sensor displayed a
comparatively more universal and easy-to-use analytical view due to manifested
colored and fluorescence-sensitive dual readout. More recently, black phosphorous
as an emerging 2D-layered material has been studied for thickness-dependent direct
band gap, high-charge carrier mobility, characteristic current on/off ratios, and, most
significantly, angle-dependent transport anisotropy for an accurate CEA detection.
Another worthwhile attempt by Peng and colleagues used Au NPs doped with a few
layers of black phosphorous (BP-Au) as a platform for CEA detection inspired by
splendid catalytic activity and low activation energy of BP-Au. On initial optimization, the SERS as a spectroscopic tool for CEA detection maximized the benefits of
high sensitivity, characteristic spectroscopic fingerprint, along with nondestructive
data acquisition. Using such incentives, Lin and colleagues developed a simple
method for CEA detection in human serum based on Ab-adsorbed Au and
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
83
γ-Fe2O3@Au NPs as a probe for a (1–50) ng•ml 1 linear range with 0.1 ng•ml 1
LOD. The designed configuration exhibited efficient photoirradiation conversion to
an electrical signal, high sensitivity, low cost, and simple instrumentation. In this
reference, one study by Wu and colleagues used Zn0.1 Cd0.9S-hybridized g-C3N4
functionalized indium-tin-oxide slices as a photoactive matrix for CEA detection.
The synergistic influence of g-C3N4 and NCs resulted in a high-intensity response
and ultralow LOD. A 2015 attempt by Peng and colleagues reasoned the high
sensitivity and wide dynamic signal response range for developing electrochemiluminescence biosensors. The developed biosensors comprised
GO/carboxylated MWCNTs/Au/CeO NPs as sensing matrix for CEA detection.
This platform manifested a good electron transfer, stability, and high specific surface
area NCs, ensuring accurate CEA detection to ultralow LOD extent. Owing to legal
restrictions, the referred studies could be traced to the 2019 Journal of Biosensors
and Bioelectronics contribution of Yang and associates.
6.1.9 Other Biosensors
Other than electrochemical and optical mechanisms, several biosensors have been
reported for CEA detection. For instance, Chu and colleagues demonstrated a
FET-driven rapid and movable probe, having Ab-coated AlGaN/GaN high electron
mobility transistors as detection matrix. The configuration exhibited good stability
and selectivity in human serum. In another potential effort, Liu and colleagues used
an ultrasensitive lateral flow immunoassay accommodating MNPs as a CEA determination probe. Yet another significant attempt toward POC CEA detection in
human serum by Jiang and colleagues used glucose oxidase (GOx)-entrapped Au
hollow microspheres (AuHMs) as a signal label, working through a quantitative pH
determination. With the GOx-AuHM labeling, the sensor accurately tracked the
CEA over a wide linear range, with 0.062 ng•ml 1 LOD.
4. Squamous cell carcinoma antigen screening: Aggravated SCCA activity
remains a noted hallmark of LC, cervical squamous cell carcinoma, and hepatocellular carcinoma, making it hereby very urgent to develop sensitive and robust
recognition assays. The advances in electrochemical and optical biosensors along
with the emerging use of NMs are briefed next.
6.1.10 Electrochemical Biosensors
The shape and size-dependent physical and chemical properties of NMs have been
the authentic assets for their enzyme equivalent functioning in the efficient design of
electrochemical biosensors for SCCA detection. Making use of such attributes,
Wang and colleagues prepared the composites of Au@Ag@Au NPs as enzyme
mimetic tags in an attempt to attain better stability and replace the H2O2 catalytic
response. After the immune response, the biosensor exhibited 0.18 pg•ml 1 LOD
and a 0.5 pg•ml 1 to 40 ng•ml 1 wide detection range for SCCA. With an intent to
maximize the stability and sensitivity, Liu and colleagues made a range of NCs using
graphene having β-cyclodextrin-loaded graphene sheet (CD-GS) as a sensing platform owing to high supramolecular recognition of CD with GS (prevents GS
84
P. Malik et al.
stacking besides improving its biocompatibility) and the ternary hollow Pt/Pd-Cu
nanocube-fastened 3D graphene scaffold as a receptive label. Using this sensing
platform and sensitive label, the investigators fabricated a controlled release systemdriven labeled biosensor to detect SCCA. In furtherance, Ma and colleagues fabricated a sandwich-like biosensor having β-cyclodextrin-functionalized Au-anchored
SiO2 (CD-Au@SiO2) as a label and primary antibody, Ab1 restricted Au electrode as
a sensing probe for an ultrasensitive SCCA screening. The investigators used
1-methyl-1H-benzimidazole-functionalized mesoporous SiO2 to encapsulate methylene blue (MB) with CD-Au@SiO2 as a regulator and finally entrap the arbitrarily
modified secondary antibody, Ab2. MB was released from MBI-MS at <7 pH,
wherein the SCCA and functional Ab2-participated in an immunological reaction.
The detection was pursued distinctly within (0.001–20) ng•ml 1 with 0.25 pg•ml 1
LOD. Owing to legal restrictions, the referred studies could be traced to the 2019
Journal of Biosensors and Bioelectronics contribution of Yang and associates.
For label-free electrochemical sensing of SCCA, a 2016 study by Li and group
used icosahedral Au NCs as carriers for rapid SCCA detection that were subsequently integrated to Au NPs-anchored GCE through 1,3-di-(3-mercaptopropyl)imidazolium bromide (DMIB). The sensor exhibited a good response with
12.6 pg•ml 1 as LOD. A further significant attempt by Gao and associates toward
fabricating a label-free electrochemical biosensor for screening SCCA used Fe3O4 as
a nanocontainer and aminated polystyrene microspheres (APSM) as a molecular gate
to achieve toluidine blue encapsulation. The optimized configuration exhibited an
amplified signal as inferred through square wave voltammetry analysis for released
TB, giving a correlated SCCA quantity.
6.1.11 Optical Biosensors
The recent past has witnessed significant developments in the development of
photoelectric immunosensors using composite-grade NPs owing to their exceptional
chemical inertness and robust action mechanism. In one such noted attempt, Wu and
colleagues designed magnetic GO (Fe3O4@GO) as a sensing matrix and Au
NPs/carbon nitride (C3N4) as a signal label to form an “in-electrode”-type electrochemical biosensor for SCCA detection. The Fe3O4@GO enabled an effective
capture of the primary antibody, Ab1, to amplify the recognition signal while Au
NPs/carbon nitride (C3N4) enhanced the secondary antibody, Ab2, loading capacity
besides providing a high conductivity for an improved ECL intensity. The
(0.001–10) ng•ml 1 detection range and 0.4 pg•ml 1 LOD argued well for efficient
SCCA detection by the prepared immunosensor. Using the label-free PEC approach,
Ye and colleagues used MoSe2 nanosheets with photocurrent intensity and hollow
Au nanospheres (HGNs) as a sensing platform for latent SCCA detection. Because
of the HGNs-MoSe2, NC-enhanced photocurrent intensity and improved binding site
activity, the fabricated sensor exhibited a 0.21 pg•ml 1 LOD for SCCA. Moving on
to POC devices, Lin and colleagues 2018 fabricated a naked eye colorimetric
immunoassay for SCCA detection using Au nanobiopyramid-functionalized Ag
nanorods (Au NBP@Ag) as carriers. The carriers were designed to modify the
secondary antibody, Ab2, and amplify the detection signal. The sensor exhibited a
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
85
good linear relationship (2.5–105) ng•ml 1 with 2.5 ng•ml 1 LOD (for naked eye)
and 0.85 ng•ml 1 (for spectrometer). Owing to legal restrictions, the referred studies
could be traced to the 2019 Journal of Biosensors and Bioelectronics contribution of
Yang and associates.
6.1.12 Carcinoma Antigen 125 Detection
A shift or change in carcinoma antigen 125 (CA 125) concentration reveals the stage
of LC, the reason for which investigators are interested to detect <35 U•ml 1 extent
of this biomarker. The progress regarding sensing attempts made for CA 125 detection is described next.
6.1.13 Electrochemical Biosensors
The simple, easy-to-operate, highly sensitive, and rapid detection procedures of
electrochemical immunoassays have been the basis for manifold electrochemical
biosensors being reported for CA125 detection. In one of these past decade attempts,
Torati and colleagues reported one-step electrochemical CA125 detection using
layered Au nanostructures as a platform that on being coupled to CA125 binding
sites generated a significant electron transfer to amplify the detection signal. The
analysis of this sensor using differential pulse voltammetry revealed a splendid linear
response with 5.5 U•ml 1 LOD. A modification in the sensing platform via incorporating polymer–metal complex, PANI in conjugation with Au NPs and catalytic
NMs was attempted by Zheng and colleagues, who developed an amperometric
immunosensor for CA125 detection. The analytical response was obtained in the
(0.01–5000) U•ml 1 range with 4.4 mU•ml 1 LOD. Still another study developed a
microflow biosensor using thin film-modified Au array microelectrodes prepared by
electrocatalyzed polymerization of anthranilic acid to IDAs as a sensing platform.
The platform was used to ascertain the progress of immunoreactions through
electrochemical impedance spectroscopy (EIS), whereby the complex detection
transformation was simplified.
6.1.14 Optical Biosensors
The first major last decade attempt using optical biosensors-mediated CA125 detection was the investigation of Al-ogaidi and colleagues, who designed a CL resonance
energy transfer biosensor using graphene quantum dots (GQDs) as a detection
platform and HRP-labeled secondary Ab as the probe. The immunosensor retrieved
an energy transfer between reactive oxygen species (generation of HRP-Ab2 catalyzed H2O2) and luminal on the formation of CA125-immobilized Ab1 and
HRP-Ab2 complex. The designed configuration exhibited a (0.1–600) U•ml 1 detection range and a 0.05 U•ml 1 LOD. In fluorescence immunoassays, GQDs and
carbon dots are preferred as immune tags for enhanced DS, resulting from the
adequate and uniform surface modification, biocompatibility, and photobleaching
stability. A potential attempt by Tsai and colleagues focused on the fabrication of
GQDs labeled with Ab1 as a sensing platform and fluorescent NPs conjugated with
Ab2 as a detection probe. Another significant attempt by Hosu and accomplices
proposed a colorimetric smartphone-driven immunoassay working through
86
P. Malik et al.
detection of the grayscale index of (Ab1-Ca125-Ab2@Au)-sandwiched
immunocomplex, stained by Ag, for robust CA125 detection. Owing to legal
restrictions, the referred studies could be traced to the 2019 Journal of Biosensors
and Bioelectronics contribution of Yang and associates.
6.1.15 Other Biosensors
Among the noted attempts based on lab-on-a-chip and POC, CA125 detection is the
study by Nunna and colleagues, who fabricated a biosensor working via microfluidic
flow conditions for monitoring the capacitive sensor. Another effort in this direction
was made by Mansouri and associates, who introduced a flexible FET-type
aptasensor using MWCNTs/rGO as a CA125 sensing platform. Another significant
contribution was the study of Ju and colleagues, who reported an EDFM-DM sensor
using Ag NPs as a fluorescent-devoid CA125 detection probe. Both (this and
previous) biosensors exhibited a good linear range of response with ultralow LOD
toward CA125 detection in clinical samples and biological fluids. Referred studies
could be traced to the 2019 review article by Yang and associates featured in the
Journal of Biosensors and Bioelectronics since the references as per legal bindings
for the present compilation cannot exceed 50.
5. Tissue polypeptide antigen: TPA shows abnormal activity in rapid increments in
malignant tumors as there is a rise in TPA expression amidst mitosis (cell division
of increasing cell populations). This is the reason for considering TPA as an
important factor in the auxiliary diagnosis, the basis on which TPA sensing is
done to monitor LC prevalence. The first notable effort in this regard is the study
of Wang and colleagues, who reported a sandwich configuration of the biosensor
using graphene sheets as a signal transfer platform and Pd–Pt bimetallic
NCs-labeled Ab as a probe for H2O2 catalysis. The developed sensor showed a
DS in the range of pg•ml 1. Interestingly, Pd–Pt combines exhibited superior
catalytic efficacy compared with any single NC besides exhibiting higher stability
than enzyme-tagged Ab2. Another study by Wang and colleagues used multifunctional graphene NCs (Au@MGN) through Au NPs absorption as nanoFe3O4@GO with significant electrochemical property and biocompatibility.
Subsequently, the investigators fabricated an electrochemical immunosensor using
Au NPs-modified GCE as a platform and Au@MGN as a TPA detection probe.
The sensor exhibited a wide calibration range (from 10 fg•ml 1 to 100 ng•ml 1)
and 7.5 fg•ml 1 as LOD. The same research group of 2016 fabricated an
immunoassay using 3D-ordered macroporous Au films as matrix and bifunctional, nano-raspberries as labels for TPA detection. It was ascertained that these
bifunctional, nano-raspberries exhibited a higher peak current reduction (compared with Au and Pt NPs) due to remarkable electron transfer ability and intense
catalytic activity toward H2O2. Referred studies could be traced to the 2019
review article by Yang and associates featured in the Journal of Biosensors and
Bioelectronics.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
87
Table 13 Conventional techniques for breast cancer diagnosis with concurrent concerns
Technique
Mammography
Biopsy
MRI
Sonography
Fluorescence in situ hybridization
(FISH)
ELISA
Radioimmunoassay (RIA)
Immunohistochemistry (IHC)
Limitations
Low sensitivity and specificity
Sensitivity falls on rising tissue density
Unable to ascertain tumor in dense and rigid tissue at the
initial stage
Frequent false-positive outcomes
Low-energy X-rays could cause mutations
Disintegration of tumor tissue amidst analysis may result in
metastasis
May untrace the tumor cells
Needless and elaborate surgery
May result in metastasis
Needs talented expertise
Suited as a later-stage confirmation
Expensive
Unable to detect ductal and lobular carcinoma
Costly
Requires expertise for real-time monitoring
Less sensitive and relatively expensive
Provides semiquantitative results
Separates the sufferers as biomarker positive or negative
groups
Elaborate
Costly
Unresponsive to low-level expression markers
Intrinsic analyte color may give false results
Radioactivity risk
Complex procedure
Elaborate
Needs skilled manpower
Complicated technique
Time-consuming
Requires skilled manpower
6.1.16 Breast Cancer
Recognized as the most fatal disorder among females, BC contributes to ~23% of
global cancer cases globally, typically accounting for the second largest extent
deaths among all cancer-related deaths (DeSantis et al. 2014). The scenario is
more precarious in developing and underdeveloping economies, where lacking
clinical facilities and missing awareness aggravate the treatment recourses. The
involvement of various factors in BC onset is the reason for diversified symptoms
depending on the specific size and type of tumor. Accordingly, the treatment varies
and requires timid diagnosis, efficient remedial procedures, and post-medication
cautions to nullify a recurrence. Predicted as being carried by every one in eight
US women with staggering 39,620 deaths reported in 2013 itself, the BC menace has
been dreadful (DeSantis et al. 2014). Over the last few decades, BC treatments have
seen consistent progress, facilitating prompt recognition with reduced mortality. It is
88
P. Malik et al.
Prognostic Biomarkers
(ER, PR, HER-2, BRCA 1, Ki67,
ostcopontin, mammoglobin,
sirtuins, autoantibodies)
Cancer stage based
Biomarkers
Therapeutic Biomarkers
(ER, PR, HER-2, CA 15-3,
CA27.29, Ki67, miR-21, CTC)
Diagnostic Biomarkers
(HER-2, CEA, BRCA1, miR21, 155, 222
Breast Cancer
Biomarkers
Glycoproteins
MUC1, HER2, CEA, EpCAM,
EGFR
Biomolecule based
Biomarkers
DNA
BRCA1, BRCA2
micro RNA
(miR-21, 16, 27a, 150, 191)
Fig. 21 Classification of breast cancer biomarkers
pertinent to mention here that BC classification can be made using morphological or
immunohistochemical markers.
Conventional procedures for BC diagnosis include mammography, biopsy, MRI,
sonography, molecular breast imaging, thermography, etc. (Table 13). These
methods are steadfast and can screen (80–90)% tumors. Besides these methods,
biomarker expressions are also screened such as ELISA, radioimmunoassay, and
immunohistochemistry. Despite being efficient and enjoying a majority level of
patient confidence, all these methods are associated with certain limitations, presumably due to unpredictable mutational reasons that remain nonprogrammed in the
diagnostic probes. False-positive (negative) results obscure the situation through
error-prone analysis and needless biopsies. So, present research attempts to counter
BC mortality are dedicated to the expansion of detection methods that are highly
sensitive, noninvasive, and amenable for POC diagnosis. The salient attributes of
biosensors include their sensitivity, specificity, and cost-effectiveness besides a
quick response for the shortest appraisal of physiological fluids (including blood,
serum, urine, saliva, milk, etc.) in a non-patient-sensitizing manner. For the subsequent sections about BC, readers are suggested to refer the 2017 Biosensors and
Bioelectronics contribution of Mittal and colleagues and the 2019 Elsevier book
Chapter 3 by Pereira and accomplices.
6.1.17 Need for Biosensor-Facilitated Breast Cancer Diagnosis
The biosensor for BC diagnosis works through a distinctive screening of biomarkers
(to be screened target molecule) using the coordinative functioning of bioreceptors
(recognizing element) and a compatible biotransducer. The biomarkers
corresponding to BC are depicted in Fig. 21, distinguished into stage and
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
89
biomolecules based. Typical biomarkers prevailing on cell surface gradually shed off
extracellular domains (ECDs) in the serum are usual analytes. It is pertinent to
mention here that the biomarkers vary in their specificity concerning the tumor
concerned and may exhibit varied expression levels corresponding to different
tumor stages.
So, multiplexing the biomarkers at a uniform screening platform is likely to
provide better inference. Studies identifying these indications (individual or in
combinative mode) illustrate a simplification via classifying the tumor cells that
ultimately provides the prognosis information. For distinct recognition of a biomarker, selecting a specific biotransducer regime is a prerequisite, which in turn
depends on the biochemical signal generated by implicit biomarker–bioreceptor
interaction. For instance, change in H+ concentration is ascertained through potentiometric biotransducer, gain or loss of electrons is made through the amperometric
transducer, light emission/absorption/fluorescence/reflectance is made via optical
screening, and a mass variation is perceived by the piezoelectric biosensor. Finally,
some enhancers (usually NMs or high adsorptive properties harboring reagents) are
needed to intercept a lower extent of bioreceptor–biomarker interaction.
There are several biomolecules such as cell surface proteins, mutated genes, and
microRNAs that vary in the expressed in/on tumor cells and are implicit indicators of
tumor progression. Such biologically pertinent entities are known as biomarkers,
which are typically required to be easily extractable from the physiological fluids of
the sufferers in a nonsensitizing procedure. Like all other cancer biomarkers, those
for BC also exhibit dual-classification modes as stage-dependent and overexpressed
biomolecules (Fig. 21). From a diagnostic viewpoint, biomolecules-based biomarkers have a greater significance, although there always remains a definitive
correlation between diagnostic and prognostic significance of a biomarker. For
instance, human epidermal growth factor receptor 2 (HER-2), and estrogen and
progesterone receptors are recognized as diagnostic as well as prognostic biomarkers. The following sections discuss the biomolecules-based biomarkers that
are recognized as target molecules in biosensing.
1. Glycoproteins: These biomarkers mainly comprise the surface-bound
carbohydrate–protein combinative molecules, such as HER-2, Mucin1
(MUC1), and CEA, epithelial cell adhesion molecule (EpCAM), and EGFR. In
general, these are unregulated and result in cancer cell proliferation via growth
factor generation, which alters the MAPK, PI3K/Akt pathways besides inducing
metastasis. Among the several BC-sensitive glycoproteins, HER-2 and MUC1
are the most standardized diagnostic and prognostic biomarkers. HER-2 is a
proto-oncogene encoding trans-membrane glycoprotein, the overexpression of
which is detected in (20–30)% of BC cases. HER2-positive BC is the most
aggressive of all known BC forms. The HER-2 receptors comprise extracellular
ligand-binding domain that undergoes dimerization on ligand binding and an
intracellular tyrosine kinase domain that undergoes phosphorylation in response
to dimerization. This phosphorylation henceforth activates the manifold receptors to
pave the way for downstream signaling cascade pathways, viz., APK, PI3/Akt, etc.
90
P. Malik et al.
MUC1 is a glycoprotein that guards against pathogenic infections and is encoded
by the MUC-1 gene. It is generally expressed at the apical surface of epithelial
cells in several organs including the breast. However, in BC cells, MUC1 is
overexpressed over the whole cell surface.
2. DNA biomarkers: Mutations in oncogene result in tumor aggravation contrary to
those of tumor suppressor genes that fail in their functions and are usually
associated with tumor incidence and are widely used as recognition biomarkers.
Epigenetic alterations in nuclear and mitochondrial DNA are also recognized
as indicators of BC progression. For BC diagnosis, BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes
are the typical and largest probability exhibiting DNA biomarkers, which are the
tumor suppressor genes articulated in normal cells and help in repairing
the double-stranded DNA breaks or induce death, if these are beyond repairable
extent. They also regulate the cell cycle checkpoints and cell division. Thus, these
collectively play a decisive role in maintaining genome integrity. Mutations in
BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes are usually associated with an aggravated BC threat
that is noticed in nearly (21–40)% of inherited BC cases. Expression of BRCA1
protein is reported as reduced in 30% of sporadic BC cases. The relative extent of
BRCA1 protein downregulation depends on the BC severity and is inversely
related to BRCA2 protein expression, a characteristic that is used for the diagnosis of sporadic BC. Thus, BRCA2 protein can be screened as a prognostic and
diagnostic BC biomarker.
3. MicroRNAs: MicroRNAs (miRNAs or miRs) are small noncoding RNA fragments regulating a characteristic gene expression. These fragments act by
masking the actual function of the underlying genome region, whereby their
upregulation and downregulation both are considered pertinent diagnostic
markers. Several miRs are up- and downregulated in cancers, but miR-21 is
exclusively screened for in BC diagnosis owing to its higher (87.6%) sensitivity
and specificity (87.3%) in the initial stage compared to other biomarkers (CEA
and CA15-3). The miR-21 is overexpressed in blood plasma and cancerous tissue
compared to normal breast tissue due to which it is significant as a diagnostic and
therapeutic biomarker. The aggravated expression of miR-21 is associated with
increased metastasis of BC via MAPK pathway stimulated HER-2 activity.
Despite being established as a stable and noninvasive biomarker in BC diagnosis,
it exhibits certain limitations, including sequence homology with related RNAs,
the prevalence in other (except BC) cancers, and low serum occurrence. Such
issues, therefore, limit the miR use as biomarkers. To overcome these arbitrary
hurdles, usually northern blotting and in situ hybridization are practiced for miR
screening, but here also, a low sensitivity along with more time and sophisticated
conduct setup curtail the biomarker suitability of miR.
Quantitative reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (qRT-PCR) is a
highly responsive and broad-spectrum procedure for miR analysis, but it also
exhibits certain limitations concerning erstwhile laboratory-bound assays. In this
reference, electrochemical biosensors have emerged as breakthrough POC
devices. Initiating attempts dedicated to miR detection exclusively relied on
hybridization and guanine oxidation. Thereby, miR-21 is detected through its
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
91
hybridization by monitoring its hybridization with a complementary probe and
has been investigated. Of late, a consensus about miR expression levels revealed
decreased miR-21 expression (to femtomolar extents) using iridium (III) complex
with miR-21 recognizing G-quadruplex.
4. Circulatory tumor cells (CTCs): The characteristic morphological traits of
cancer cells are highly different from their normal counterparts, which also
augment their screening. CTC analysis is an inference of tumor metastatic
activity, the separation, and quantification of which could assist the cancer
screening. Instinctive information conveyed by CTC includes the invasive extent
of a particular tumor, through antitumor drug response along with the mechanism
of personalized anticancer therapy. The prominent distinguished phenotypic
features of cancer cells aiding in their isolation from normal cells include size,
morphological prospects, and magnetic sensitivity. The quantification is rendered
difficult due to their low bloodstream (0–10 per ml of whole blood) count
compared to healthier and physiological constituents (e.g., 109 erythrocytes and
106 leucocytes per ml blood). Studies predict with certainty that a high tumor
population could be a decisive factor as a clinically imperative phase in BC.
5. Other biomarkers: Certain biomarkers are specifically targeted for BC
diagnoses, such as cell-free DNA, autoantibodies, and antigens such as
urokinase-dependent plasminogen activator system (UPA), the plasminogen activator inhibitor (PAI), and the Thomsen–Friedenreich (TF). A brief description of
such biomarkers is appended later.
6.1.18 Cell-Free DNA
Circulating cell-free tumor DNA (cfDNA) is a significant cancer biomarker, with the
BC having an implicit association with excessive DNA damage caused by the
apoptotic and necrotic cells. These cells prevail within (0–2000) ng•ml 1 (as DNA
content) in plasma, serum, and urine. Quantitative profiling of cfDNA provides
ample scope to develop noninvasive methods of BC diagnosis besides therapeutic
information. Studies focused on exploring cfDNA as a BC biomarker infer a direct
correlation between BC progression and cfDNA concentration. However, their use
in biosensor-mediated BC detection is still in a progressive state and requires an
authentic analysis of underlying mechanisms.
6.1.19 Autoantibodies
A potential role of autoantibodies in early-stage BC diagnosis has been made much
later than other biomarkers. It was noticed that the malignant potency of a cancer
results in Abs circulation against the cancer antigens in the serum, which can be
easily used as a biomarker to ascertain the instantaneous tumor status. Autoantibodies against tumor-associated antigens (TAA) can be ascertained in the serum and
saliva of the sufferers, listed as effective biomarkers for an early diagnosis. The
autoantibodies reported in the BC patients against the corresponding antigens
include p53, heat shock proteins (HSP- 27, 60, and 90), GIPC-1, c-myc, c-myb,
cyclin D1, cyclin B1, RS/DJ-1, etc. The expressions of these have been reported as a
positive correlation between the extent and cancer progression. For instance, an
92
P. Malik et al.
Table 14 Summary of biosensors aimed at BRCA1 detection in the human serum
Transducer
Electrochemical
Electrochemical
Electrochemical
Electrochemical
Fluorescence
Colorimetric
Principle
Restriction of complementary DNA
probe
Complementary sequence
immobilized on Au NPs inside a
highly cross-linked amine-modified
PEG film
DNA probes conjugated to PANI/PEG
nanofibers
Zwitterionic peptides anchored to
citrate doped PEDOT conducting
polymer
Carbon dots-based fluorescent passage
and Au NPs for recognizing nucleotide
BRCA1 sequences
Three spots labeled with digoxin for
each detected target to amplify the
typical enzymatic reading
LOD and linear
range
2.104 μA•fmol 1;
(0.05 to 25) fmol
1.72 fM; 50.0 fM
to 1 nM
Response
time and
shelf life
16 s and
6 months
Undisclosed
0.0038 pM;
0.01pM to 1 nM
0.03 fM
30 min and
>10 days
Undisclosed
(4–120) nM
Undisclosed
10 fM and 10 fM
to 10 nM
Undisclosed
autoantibody-based microarray has been reported for 10 respective BC tumor
antigens and successfully applied to investigate the BC samples. Although detection
of autoantibodies in serum is a noninvasive approach, the heterogeneous nature of
BC, along with poorly understood humoral immune response, limits their frequent
clinical application.
Urokinase-Dependent Plasminogen Activator, Plasminogen Activator
Inhibitor (PAI), and Thomsen–Friedenreich antigens
Besides the above biomarkers, a combinatory prevalence of independent molecules
is also proposed to augment the diagnostic efficacy. Urokinase-dependent plasminogen activator, PAI, and TF antigens are also reported as disease signals in pre- and
postmenopausal women. However, the detection of these markers in real samples
through biosensors is awaited based on which multiple novel avenues against BC
diagnosis could be opened.
6.1.20
Screened Breast Cancer Biomarkers in Biosensors
Accomplished Diagnosis
Tables 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18 comprise the different biosensor configurations for
prompt detection of BC biomarkers. With progress in electron microscopy and
sharper precision tools, robust and faster principles are being swiftly undertaken to
develop devices for affordable, portable, and time-scale robust analysis without any
compromise in sensitivity and specificity. Although most of the developed systems
are not yet feasible for clinical or market applications, the explored analyte–probe
Biomarker
Erα
Transducer
Optical
PR
Electrochemical
CEA
CEA
Colorimetric
Chemiluminescence
CEA
CEA
CEA
Response time and
shelf life
Undisclosed
Principle
The hollow core of photonic crystal fiber with anti-ER-labeled
primary and secondary Abs
Aptamer on Au electrode and iron redox probe settings
LOD and linear range
0.4 μg•ml 1
0.90 μg•ml 1, 10–60 ng•ml
1
Electrochemical
Fluorescence
Paper-based microfluidics immunodevice
FRET between upconverting NPs and Pd NPs
0.20 pg•ml 1, 1–104 pg•ml
0.58 ng•ml 1
0–200 ng•ml 1
48 pg•ml 1;
0.05–50 ng•ml 1
0.01 ng•ml 1
1.7 pg•ml 1/(4–100) pg•ml
1
Colorimetric
Au NPs and a few layers of black phosphorous hybrid
CEA aptamer conjugates with hemin aptamer through
1,10 -oxalyldiimidazole
Au NPs as anti-CEA Ab carriers labeled with biotin
1
40 min and
undisclosed
Undisclosed
30 min and
undisclosed
15 min and
undisclosed
Undisclosed
Undisclosed
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
Table 15 ERα, PR, and CEA bioreceptor targeting biosensors for BC diagnosis
Note: Attainment of nano- and microscale detection range through different probe configurations define the diversity of biosensor functioning
93
94
P. Malik et al.
Table 16 HER2 bioreceptor targeting biosensors for breast cancer detection
Transducer
Electrochemical
(amperometric)
Principle
Sandwich immunoassay working
through nanobodies
Electrochemical
DNA-derived electric current
with DNA self-assembly for
signal intensification
HER2 Abs anchored Au
NPs-loaded liposomes
Modified Au NPs and graphene
oxide loaded on GCEs
Sandwich aptasensor using
molybdate to generate an
electrochemical current
Organic-electrochemical
transistor
Colorimetric
Electrochemical
(amperometric)
Electrochemical
Electrochemical
Electrochemical
(voltammetry)
Electrochemical
Reduced graphene oxide-chitosan
film as an electrode with MB as a
redox probe
Immunosensor with hydrazine
and aptamer-conjugated Au NPs
Electrochemical
(voltammetry)
Anti-HER2 Abs conjugated with
FeO NPs on Au electrode
Photoelectrochemical
ZnO/graphene composite and S6
aptamer on a portable indium-tinoxide microdevice
Charge transfer resistance of an
Fe redox probe changes with
Ab-bound protein extent
The immobilized polycytosine
DNA sequence in an Au NPs
matrix
Aptamer-modified interdigitated
Au electrodes
Inkjet-printed 8-electrode array,
needing biotinylated Ab and
polymerized HRP labels
Electrochemical
(EIS)
Electrochemical
Electrochemical
Electrochemical
LOD and linear
range
Undisclosed and
(1–200) μg•ml 1
0.047 pg•ml 1
and
(1–100) pg•ml 1
5 Sk-Br-3 cells
and undisclosed
0.16 nM,
(0.37–10) nM
Undisclosed and
(0.01–5) ng•ml 1
Response
time and
shelf life
(2–20) min
and
>3 weeks
Undisclosed
2 h and
undisclosed
Undisclosed
Undisclosed
Undisclosed and
(10 14 to
10 7) g•ml 1
0.21 ng•ml 1,
(0.5–2) ng•ml 1
Undisclosed
37 pg•ml 1,
1 ng•ml 1 to
10 μg•L 1
0.995 pg•ml 1,
10 ng•L 1 to
10 μg•ml 1
58 cells•ml 1,
(102 to
106) cells•ml 1
7.4 ng•ml 1,
(10–110) ng•ml
Undisclosed
0.5 pg•ml 1,
(1–1000) pg•ml
1 pM; 1 pM to
100 nM
12 pg•ml 1 and
undisclosed
Undisclosed
Undisclosed
20 min and
>2 weeks
1
35 min and
undisclosed
Undisclosed
1
Undisclosed
15 min and
undisclosed
configuration could steadfast the BC diagnosis in near future. The following sections
discuss the marker-specific studies and advances chronologically.
BRCA1: Manifold configurations of biosensors have been proposed and reported
for early BRCA1 detection (Table 14). To begin with, Tiwari and colleagues
demonstrated an electrochemical biosensor using chitosan-co-polyaniline as a
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
95
Table 17 The different biosensor configurations used for screening the characteristic BC
biomarkers
Biomarker
Mucin 1
Transducer
Electrochemical
Mucin 1
Electromagnetic
Mucin 1
Electrochemical
(voltammetry)
Mucin 1
Electrochemical
CA 15-3
Optical
CA 15-3
Optical
CA 15-3
Electrochemical
(voltammetry)
CA 15-3
Electrochemical
CA 15-3
Electrochemical
CA 15-3
Electrochemical
CA 15-3
Electrochemical
Principle
Aptamer//cell/aptamer
sandwich array on an
electrode surface
Aptamerfunctionalized Au
nanorods
Polyadenine-aptamerfunctionalized Au
NPs/graphene oxide
hybrid
Biotinylated aptamer
immobilized on Au
NPs-graphene oxidePEDOT composite
Abs immobilized via
surface standard
amine coupling on an
optofluidic ring
resonator
Cysteamine-capped
cadmium sulfide QDs
Detection of seven
tumor markers using
alkaline phosphatasebased competitive
immunoassay for
hydroquinone
screening
Nanoporous
Au/graphene hybrid
platform combined
with HRP
Label-free highly
conductive N-doped
graphene sheets
modified electrode
Functionalized
graphene with
1-pyrenecarboxylic
acid sensing probe and
MWCNTs with
ferritin labels
Electrically
conducting poly
(toluidine blue) as
synthetic receptor film
Response
time and
shelf life
Undisclosed
LOD and linear
range
100 cells•ml 1
(102 to
107) cells•ml 1
100 cells•ml 1
(102 to
105) cells•ml 1
8 cells•ml 1 and
(10–105) cells•ml
30 min and
undisclosed
1
40 min and
undisclosed
0.031 fM,
3.13–31.25 nM
15 min and
14 days
1 unit•ml 1 and
undisclosed
20 min and
undisclosed
0.002 kU•L 1 and
undisclosed
0.7 U•ml 1 and
(1.2–3.7) U•ml 1
15 min and
undisclosed
Undisclosed
5•10 6 U•ml 1,
(2•10 540) U•ml 1
Undisclosed
0.012 U•ml 1 and
(0.1–20) U•ml 1
Undisclosed
0.009 U•ml 1 and
(0.05–100) U•ml 1
Undisclosed
0.10 U•ml 1 and
(0.10–100) U•ml
Undisclosed
1
Note: LOD, working range, response time, and probe shelf life are the decisive performance
defining criteria
96
P. Malik et al.
Table 18 miR-21 and miR-155 target attempts toward a prompt breast cancer diagnosis
Biomarker
miR-21
Transducer
Electrochemical
miR-21
Electrochemical
miR-21
Electrochemical
miR-21
Electrochemical
miR-21
Fluorescence
miR-21
Electrochemical
miR-21
Electrochemical
miR-155
Electrochemical
miR-155
Electrochemical
miR-155
Colorimetric
Principle
Probes conjugated to a pencil
graphite electrode
Two supplementary probes
that self-assemble to form 1D
DNA concatemers
MB as a redox indicator
Hybridization to a specific
biotinylated DNA probe
restricted on magnetic beads
2-Aminopurine probe in
conjunction with a
G-quadruplex structure
Probe engineered with a
pyrrolidinyl peptide nucleic
acid/PPy/Ag nanofoam
Target stimulated glucose
release from propylaminefunctionalized mesoporous
silica NPs
Graphene oxide sheet on GCE
surface with thiolated probefunctionalized Au nanorods
Immobilization of anti-mi-R155 on Au SPE
Covalent conjugation of a
DNA probe to negatively
charged Au NPs
LOD and
linear range
1.0 mg•ml 1
Response
time and
shelf life
Undisclosed
100 aM;
100 to
105aM
84.3 fM;
0.1–500 pM
0.04 pM;
0.1–500 pM
Undisclosed
1.48 pM;
undisclosed
Undisclosed
0.20 fM and
(0.20–106)
fM
19 pM;
(50–5000)
pM
Undisclosed
0.60 fM;
(20–8000)
fM
5.7 aM;
(10–109) aM
100 aM;
(100 to 105)
aM
Undisclosed
60 min and
undisclosed
30 min and
undisclosed
Undisclosed
Undisclosed
Undisclosed
sustainable support platform while being applied on an indium-tin-oxide support.
The study involved designing a probe with BRCA1-associated cDNA sequences that
were immobilized over a surface and produced an electrochemical response in the
presence of a single-stranded DNA. The configuration revealed 0.05 fmol as LOD
with splendid sensitivity and reproducibility to facilitate early-stage BC detection. In
another attempt, Wang and colleagues also demonstrated an electrochemical biosensor aimed to screen the BRCA1 in the serum to an extent as low as 1.72 FM. The
configuration comprised a label-free DNA sensor made via GCE modification
carrying highly cross-linked PEG film containing –NH2 groups. This sensor was
further tailored using Au NPs, conferring an outstanding sensitivity.
Another significant attempt was made by Hui and associates, who used PAN/PEG
nanofibers as probe materials to detect BRCA1. The fabricated configuration facilitated BRCA1 detection in the human serum without getting affected by nonspecific
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
97
adsorption in the complex media with nanofibers and conferred antifouling abilities
for a significant immobilization-driven probe capture.
Through another attempt, Wang and associates used zwitterionic peptides modified with a citrate polymer-doped poly(3,4-ethylenedioxythiophene (PEDOT),
which imparted an antifouling ability along with enhanced electrical conductivity
to make way for the binding of a suitable DNA probe. This configuration exhibited a
much lower LOD (0.03 fM) compared to the earlier one (1.72 M) demonstrated by
the same research group. Henceforth, another notable attempt by Zhong and colleagues comprised a fluorescent, dual-channel biosensor configuration based on
carbon dots and Au NPs, working through a hairpin structure. The working involved
a specific binding of BRCA1 RNA/DNA targets to its complementary sequence on
Au NPs followed by a subsequent release from carbon dots, resulting in a positive
fluorescent signal with a linear response, ranging within (4–120) nm. Another
attempt by Yang and associates demonstrated a sandwich-like biosensor that worked
through a magnetic bead platform. The configuration involved a tetrahedral probe,
having its three vertices labeled with digoxin while the fourth was labeled with a
detection probe. The enzyme-labeled antidigoxin Ab thereby possessed three distinct regions for binding each detection probe, which together facilitated signal
amplification. The configuration distinguished the DNA sequences with only one
base mismatch and provided PCR-grade products.
ERα: The sole attempt toward ERα detection-mediated BC screening was made
by Padmanabhan and colleagues, who used an optical transducer for a volumetric
detection of proteins, to the extent as low as 50 nL (Table 15). The configuration
used a hollow core-photonic crystal fiber working via TIR mode, allowing a
fluorescence-driven green and red response on being recognized by secondary Ab.
Progesterone (PR): The summary of studies dedicated to using PR detectionenabled BC screening is described in Table 15. The first notable effort was made by
Jimenez and colleagues, who selected a PR aptamer through systematic ligand
evolution via significant enrichment (SELE) to develop a label-free aptasensor
having an enhanced signal gain, monitored using EIS. The conformational change
of aptamer immobilized on Au electrode on PR binding revealed an enhanced
resistance to electron transfer on an iron standard redox probe with
(10–60) ng•ml 1 linear PR detection and 0.90 ng•ml 1 LOD.
Developments toward CEA detection-enabled BC diagnosis are summarized in
Table 15, wherein the first notable attempt by Peng and colleagues used the catalytic
attributes of a few layers of black phosphorous modified through a concurrent
generation of Au NPs toward 4-nitrophenol that was screened using colorimetric
assays. This catalytic activity was reversibly suppressed in an Ab’s presence but was
reactivated on CEA inclusion. The 0.20 pg•ml 1 as LOD and 1 pg•ml 1 to
10 μg•ml 1 as linear detection range argued well for distinguished sample analysis.
In another significant attempt, Khang and associates fabricated a chemiluminescence
aptasensor having dual DNA aptamer for competitive CEA and hemin binding
within 30 min at RT. Subsequently, Amplex Red and H2O2 were added to generate
resorufin, which depended on the HRP concentration equivalent for mimicking
G-quadruplex DNAzyme formed on hemin and dual DNA-binding interaction.
98
P. Malik et al.
The detection was made through the development of red light on 1,10 -oxalyldiimidazole addition to the analysis cell, decreasing the intensity with
enhanced CEA concentrations.
Yet another significant attempt by Liu and colleagues demonstrated a colorimetric
enzyme immunoassay having Au NPs as carriers for HRP-labeled anti-CEA
detection Ab and magnetic microparticles as sustaining substrates. The generated
complex resulted in an optical signal for an improved sensitivity compared to
ELISA-detected CEA. A subsequent attempt by Wu and associates demonstrated a
sandwich immunoassay having a secondary Ab facilitated the growth of the longchain polymeric material to provide adequate HRP-binding sites. The growth of
polymeric material played a key role in signal amplification, with a direct positive
correlation of secondary Abs bound to the support and the generated electrochemical
signal by the HRP-O-phenylenediamine-H2O2 system. The support was formed by a
carbon electrode printed on a paper-based microfluidics electrochemical immune
device. Another attempt by Li and associates demonstrated a FRET-based biosensor
using UNPs and Pd NPs. With aptamer bound to UNPs, the proximity of Pd NPs to
the aptamer quenched the UNPs fluorescence. In the presence of CEA, the aptamer
preferentially combined with CEA and yielded conformational changes to weaken
its interaction with Pd NPs, facilitating recovery of fluorescence signals. The configuration enabled an ultrasensitive CEA detection from the diluted human serum
within (4–100) pg•ml 1 linear range and 1.7 pg•ml 1 LOD.
HER2: Among the most targeted BC biomarker, HER2 has been extensively
screened as a BC progression indicator, and these attempts have most actively used
the electrochemical configurations (Table 16). In one of the earliest attempts of the
last decade, Patris and colleagues designed a sandwich immunoassay based on
nanobodies aimed to recognize another HER2 epitope on SPEs. The capture nanobody was immobilized on the carbon-working electrode while the detection of Ab
was HRP-conjugated. Upon detection, the signal corresponded to p-quinone electroreduction, generated by the HRP at SPE in the presence of hydroquinone and H2O2.
In another experimental setting, Shen and associates developed a self-assemblydriven DNA intensification biosensor capable of generating electric current. The
HER2 aptamer served the purpose of both ligand (for recognition) and signalgenerating reporter on a sandwich format. The sensor LOD was 0.047 pg•ml 1
with a (1–100) pg•ml 1 detection range. In the next major attempt, Tao and
associates designed a colorimetric biosensor having a probe with HER2 Abs
anchored on liposomes loaded with Au nanoclusters. The specific intent of using
Au nanoclusters was their intrinsic peroxidase ability that resulted in the color
change of solution on reacting with 3,30 ,5,50 -tetramethylbenzimide in the presence
of H2O2. The configuration enabled the screening of HER2-positive BC cells in
human serum and BC tissue with an LOD of even five cells.
• Yet another significant attempt by Saeed and colleagues utilized Au NPs with a
short harmonizing HER2 sequence, being covalently bonded to graphene oxidemodified GCE. Binding of HER2 to Au NPs with the involvement of an additional short stretch of DNA modified via HRP-hybridized-free HER2 sequence
generated the corresponding electrochemical signal (binding of TMb with H2O2).
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
99
Another elegant attempt by Hu and accomplices used a HER2-specific aptamer as
a ligand to capture HER2 by generating a redox-modulated current signal. The
intensity of this current varied with the progress of the aptamer–molybdate
phosphate moieties reaction, producing a current that varied directly with
HER2 concentration in the (0.01–5) ng•ml 1 range. A separate study by Fu and
colleagues reported an organic electrochemical transistor-based biosensor for
intercepting the electrochemical actions on gate electrodes to an extent of
10 14 g•ml 1. The Au GATE electrode was engineered with a capture-specific
polyclonal anti-HER2 Ab, enabling the detection via HRP-bound secondary Ab.
The current was generated as a response to the H2O2 and HER2 interactions.
• A subsequent attempt line is the effort of Tabasi and colleagues, who fabricated an
ultrasensitive electrochemical aptasensor using graphene and chitosan film as a
compatible electrode material for aptamer binding. Readers must note here that
graphene and chitosan combination has been investigated significantly for a thin
film formation, along with negligible nonspecific reaction and accompanied
biocompatibility of chitosan. The HER2 interaction with the aptamer resulted in
conformational variations that were attributed to a concentration-dependent
higher signal being generated by the electrochemical probe MB. Henceforth,
Zhu and colleagues fabricated a sandwiched configuration of biosensor, wherein
a probe comprised of an immobilized Ab on a nanocomposite having Au NPs
capped with 2,5-bis(2-thienyl)-1H-pyrrole-1-(p-benzoic acid) unswervingly on a
bare electrode surface. The detection was accomplished using a hydrazine-Au
NP–aptamer bioconjugate, having hydrazine as reactant bound to the Au NPs that
contained Ag for the moderation of signal intensification. A turning point aspect
of this study was the silver staining of target cells that exhibited a black appearance that could be easily viewed through a microscope, thereby making the
clinical analysis of tumor cells a robust task.
• In furtherance, Emami and accomplices demonstrated a label-free immunosensor,
wherein anti-HER2 Abs are conjugated with FeO NPs, which were further spread
over an Au electrode surface. The sensor exhibited a significant response to
screen as low as 0.995 ng•ml 1 HER-2 with 5.921 μA ml•ng 1 sensitivity. A
succeeding attempt is the effort of Liu and associates, who demonstrated a PEC
biosensor for screening SK-Br-3, an HER2-positive cell line. The investigators
used a high photoelectric signal of ZnO along with graphene’s splendid charge
transportation and separation and S6 aptamer’s specificity to target SK-Br-3 cells.
Next in line is the study of Akran and coworkers, who developed an electrochemical immunosensor for HER2 screening via the preparation of carbon paste
electrodes using graphite powder, multiwalled CNTs, an ionic liquid, paraffin,
and the entire assembly functionalization with Au NPs (through electrodeposition). The optimized configuration exhibited a charge transfer resistance that
increased linearly with increasing HER2 antigen concentration for 35 min of
optimum incubation, exhibiting a linear dependency within (10–110) ng•ml 1.
• A subsequent significant study is an attempt by Li and accomplices, who used an
immobilized polycytosine DNA sequence housed in an Au NP matrix as the
sensing probe to capture HER2. The response was quantified as the
100
P. Malik et al.
electrochemical current intensity generated at the electrode surface,
corresponding to the reaction between polycytosine DNA phosphate backbone
and molybdate. The optimized configuration exhibited a linear response from
1 pg•ml 1 to 1 ng•ml 1, having 0.5 pg•ml 1 as LOD, ruling out the nonspecific
activity entirely among the human IgG, IgA, p53, and CEA. The next crucial
attempt is the study of Arya and colleagues, who used thiol-terminated DNA
aptamer-engineered interdigitated microelectrodes (IMEs) for HER2 detection,
making use of Au electrodes as sensing detectors. The optimized configuration
exhibited a significant selectivity in working, detecting the multiple serum proteins within the 1 pM to 100 nM linear range. A more recent attempt by Carvajal
and colleagues worked out to make an inkjet printer-configured electrochemical
sensor, having the analysis platform comprising an inkjet Au 8-electrode array, a
counter electrode, and an inkjet-printed Ag electrode, which has been bleach
chlorinated to form an Ag/AgCl quasireference electrode. The working assay was
based on the detection of an immunological response, sing the microfluidic device
labeled with streptavidin/HRP composite. Designed sensor configuration
responded well with 15 min assay time and an LOD of 12 pg•ml 1.
• The above studies illustrate a significant diagnostic accuracy with multifunctional
probe designs for HER2 identification. Much has been accomplished due to a
high surface area of NMs through which their functionalization potential and
interactive sites are greater. It is important to understand that though broadworking mode classifications list all developed configurations in the electrochemical regime, the exact mechanism and probe sensitivity may differ. Thereby, a
particular sensor configuration suitable for HER2 detection in advanced stages
may not be that much efficient in the initial cycles, whereby the corresponding
HER2 expression is well below the desired threshold.
Mucin 1: Attempts to monitor mucin 1 protein expression for possible progress in
BC manifestation are described in Table 17. The first notable effort in this direction
was made by Zhu and colleagues, who used aptamer–cell–aptamer sandwich architecture to detect MUC1 in MCF-7 BC cells. The developed sandwich-configured
biosensor worked well only in the presence of targeted cells. The electrochemical
response is generated from HRP labeling on MUC1 aptamer, the subsequent monitoring of electron mediator thionine with an enhanced specificity on doubling the
aptamer recognition ability.
• Next in line is the study by Li and associates, who used an electromagnetic
approach based on SPR as the MUC1 detection method on MCF-7 cells. The
aptamer-functionalized Au nanorods sensed MUC1 within (100–105) cells•ml 1
range and an LOD of 100 cells•ml 1 in 30 min on the whole. The following
attempt is the study by Wang and associates, who designed a sandwichconfigured electrochemical biosensor working through a polyadenine-aptamermodified Au electrode and a polyadenine-aptamer-functionalized Au
NPs-graphene oxide hybrid for a label-free sensitive MUC1 detection in
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
101
MCF-7 BC cells. The sensor detected as low as 8 cells•ml 1 with a
(10–105) cells•ml 1 linear range.
• The latest effort toward MUC1 screening is the study from Gupta and associates,
who used conducting attributes of a polymer nanocomposite to develop an
electrochemical aptasensor. The nanocomposite Au NPs film and graphene
oxide-doped PEDOT were developed over the surface of fluorine tin-oxide
glass. The configuration enabled MUC1 detection to as low as 0.31 fM with
eight times apta-electrode reusability.
CA 15-3: Cancer antigen 15-3 (CA 15-3) is a carbohydrate-containing protein
antigen and a member of a mucin protein family. Although the exact role of Ca 15-3
in BC progression is not completely known, it reduces cell–cell interaction alongside
inhibiting cell lysis. To date, the major involvement of CA 15-3 protein in BC
patients has been from the diagnosis aid, in particular for BC recurrence and
metastasis screening during active, therapy resulting from allowing organ specificity.
• The first notable effort toward screening CA 15-3 expression in BC pathogenesis
is the study by Zhu and colleagues, who reported a label-free optofluidic ring
resonator for a rapid CA 15-3 detection. The optimized configuration functioned
well in diluted human serum with a least detection extent of 1 U•ml 1 in nearly
30 min. Subsequently, Elakkiya and associates used optics as transducer technology using a cadmium sulfide QD surface capped with cysteamine. The optimal
configuration was evaluated in saline and antigen-spiked serum samples and was
able to detect 0.002 KU• l 1 extent of CA 15-3 with an unchanged response time
of 15 min. In furtherance, Marques and accomplices developed the first multiplexed electrochemical immunosensor for a simultaneous CA 15-3 and HER2
screening. The configuration was made using a personalized dual SPCE with
electrodeposited Au NPs-modified surfaces on an in situ scale. The electrodes
were thereafter coated with monoclonal antihuman CA 15-3 and HER2 Ab. The
detection was controlled by voltammetric analysis with 5 U• ml 1 LOD.
• Chronological efforts comprise the studies of Ge, Li, and Akter research groups,
wherein graphene-based electrochemical immunobiosensors were developed.
The attempt by Ge and the group used a nanoporous/graphene hybrid as a
platform, having liposomes with encapsulated HRP as labels. A CA 15-3 presence triggered the HRP release from liposome, alongside reducing H2O2 with
thionine as an electron control agent. The encapsulation significantly aided in the
signal amplification facilitating a 5 μU•ml 1 as LOD. In the study, Li and
colleagues applied graphene to an electrochemical immunosensor in an
N-doped graphene sheet configuration. The approach conferred a high conductivity to graphene-engineered electrode, resulting in adequate electron transfer
and high sensitivity without any labeling requirement. The optimized configuration revealed an LOD as low as 0.012 U• ml 1 within (0.1–20) U•ml 1 linear
response range. The attempt of Akter and colleagues employed noncovalent
functionalized graphene oxide as sensing probes and multiwalled
CNT-supported ferritin linkages as labels, both conjugated to CA 15-3 Abs.
102
P. Malik et al.
Fig. 22 An overview of the molecular functional controls exercised by miRNA as an antitumor
targeting agent, coordinated through the functional activities of oncogenes and tumor suppressor
genes
The detection of CA 15-3 was facilitated by the amide bond between –NH2
groups of secondary Ab, ferritin, and –COOH groups of multiwalled CNTs,
through an enhanced bioelectrocatalytic reduction of H2O2, mediated via hydroquinone probe on the functionalized graphene surface.
• The latest effort in CA 15-3 detection is the study of Riberiro and colleagues, who
developed an electrochemical biosensor having a synthetic receptor film working
through molecular imprinting. The methodology involved CA 15-3 imprinting on
a poly(toluidine blue) film following which the assays were performed in buffer
and artificial sera, enabling a selective CA 15-3 adsorption onto the MIP film on
30-min incubation. The analysis of calibration plots revealed a linear dependence
of CA 15-3 within (0.10–100) U• ml 1 range with 0.10 U•ml 1 LOD.
miRNA21: Fundamentally, miRNAs are the small, highly preserved noncoding
RNA fragments implicated in gene expression regulation. These RNAs are transcribed by RNA polymerases II and III generating precursors that undergo a series of
cleavages to form mature microRNA. Figure 22 depicts the molecular functioning of
miRNA, wherein binding mediates with 30 -untranslated regions of target mRNA.
The bound sequence of miRNA could be oncogenes or tumor suppressor genes, the
targeting of which respectively results in tumor arrest and aggravation following the
suppression of oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes. The following sections
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
103
discuss the research attempts toward screening the miRNA 21 expression for
ascertaining the BC presence (Table 18).
• The very first attempt in this regard was the study of Kilic and associates, who
fabricated an electrochemical biosensor using enzyme-amplified miR21
biosensing from a cell lysate of total RNA. The detection was accomplished
through capture probes and covalently attached cell lysates over the pencil-grade
graphite electrodes by EDC–NHS coupling chemistry. The optimized configuration operated sensitively with 1 μg•ml 1 LOD. A subsequent attempt involved a
study by Hong and associates, who designed an electrochemical ultrasensitive
biosensor for screening the BC-associated miR-21. The probe involved a selfassembled DNA concatamer, wherein a long DNA chain of multiple copies of
identical DNA sequences linked end to end, facilitated the miR-21 detection in
complex biological samples (enzymes or labels) with 100 aM LOD.
• Next in line is the attempt by Vargas and associates, who fabricated a sensitive
amperometric magnetobiosensor for prompt miRNA detection. The detection
mechanism involved direct target hybridization through a specified biotinylated
DNA probe immobilized on magnetic beads, conjugated with streptavidin. The
label comprised a specific DNA–RNA Ab and the bacterial protein A conjugated
with an HRP homopolymer for signal amplification. The single-step configuration attained a (1–100) pM linear range and an LOD of 10 aM in a 25 μl sample,
devoid of any target miRNA intensification within 30 min. Yet another promising
attempt toward miRNA-21 detection is the study of Raffiee-Pour and associates,
who used MB as a redox indicator with no label use. The kinetic mode of assays
revealed a higher MB stability in binding with miRNA/DNA compared to
ss-DNA, generating an LOD of 84.3 fM.
• In furtherance, Li and associates amalgamated a 2-aminopurine probe with a
G-quadruplex structure to design a biosensor for overexpressed miR-21 detection
from human BC cell lysate without quenchers or enzymes. The optimized
configuration comprised two DNA hairpins that considerably elevated the hairpin’s fluorescence for a 1.48 pM LOD. Thereby, the fluorescent sensitivity of Gquadruplex-bound 2-aminopurine compensated the requirement of coupling
enzymes or reaction quenchers with the probe and simplified the probe interaction. The next attempt in the direction of biosensor-mitigated BC diagnosis is the
study of Kangkamano and colleagues, who used a modified electrode to detect
miR-21 using a label-free electrochemical biosensor. The designed probe was
engineered with pyrrolidinyl peptide nucleic acid/polypyrrole/Ag nanofoam with
generated signal exhibiting a direct correlation to the detected miR-21 extents
within (0.20 to 106) fM. The latest attempt in this regard is the study by Deng and
associates, who fabricated an electrochemical biosensor involving a targetinduced glucose release from propylamine-engineered mesoporous silica NPs.
The optimized configuration used glucose as the signal generating a tag for
glucometer readout, wherein labeling and time-consuming repeated washing
104
P. Malik et al.
steps were bypassed. The sensor worked well with 19 pM LOD. Attempts made
toward screening miR-155 as the BC biomarker were relatively fewer and could
be traced in Table 18, with two of the three studies using electrochemical
transducers.
7
Handheld Devices: Glucometer and Extensions
Glucometer: A glucose meter, more famously a glucometer, is a handheld device for
knowing the approximate blood glucose concentration. The alternative version could
be a strip of glucose paper dipped into a substance (the concerned medium/environment) after which the developed color is matched with the database of glucose chart.
The features comprise the essentials of household blood glucose monitoring
(HBGM) for persons suffering from diabetes mellitus or hypoglycemia. The conventional methodology involves extracting a small blood drop via pricking the skin
using a lancet before placing it on a disposable test strip that is read by the meter for
knowing the blood glucose extent, in mg•dL 1 or mmol•L 1.
Ever since the 1980s, a major goal of type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus treatment
had been to attain close to normal blood glucose extents for a longer duration, which
is then screened using HBGM. The major incentives of this approach include a
reduced occurrence frequency and severity of long-lasting hyperglycemia complications as well as moderating the short-term hypoglycemic life-threatening troubles.
7.1
Working Principle
Multiple configurations of glucometers are known, which invariably rely on the
oxidation of glucose to gluconolactone catalyzed via glucose oxidase (GOx),
although some of the modules also rely on the oxidation mediated via glucose
dehydrogenase (GDH). In general, GDH has a weaker sensitivity over GOx, with
a higher susceptibility to interfering reactions involving related moieties.
• The development of glucose biosensors is documented in terms of generation
chronology, with the first-generation devices working via colorimetric reactions.
These devices are presently in use in the glucose test strips for urinal detection of
glucose. Other than GOx, the test kit comprises benzidine derivative that is
oxidized to a blue polymer using the H2O2 produced amidst oxidation. A
significant hurdle herein mandates the periodic development of test strips for
the removal of a blood sample, resulting in the requirement of frequent instrumental calibration. The instrument is a handheld device working through a digital
model using the transduction of screened glucose excess. Having a changeable
ability, present-day glucometers work on the electrochemical principle, with the
test strip housing a capillary that is equipped to suck in a reproducible blood
quantity. The glucose in sucked blood reacts with GOx or GDH coated on the
electrode surface.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
105
• The enzyme is reoxidized in an excess amount of intervening moieties, such as
the ferricyanide ion, ferrocene derivative, or osmium bipyridyl complex. The
intervening agent hereby undergoes oxidation via electrochemical reaction at the
anode surface, generating an equivalent electric current. By Faraday’s law, the net
charge flowing through an electrode varies directly with the blood glucose
amount that has reacted with the enzyme.
• Measurements using the colorimetric method rely on the quantification of the net
charge generated by the glucose oxidation over some time while those made using
the amperometric method use some meters and quantify the electrical current
generated at a specific time instant by the intended glucose reaction. The assessment works through Newton’s second law of motion, wherein the progress of
glucose reaction is estimated analogous to assessing the rate of change of
momentum after an object has been in motion. The analyzed time scales are
variable for the colorimetric method but the amperometric mode has the time
scales as fixed, although inevitably both methods predict the blood glucose
concentration in an analyzed sample.
• A similar principle works in test strips designed to screen the presence of diabetic
ketoacidosis. Such test strips use a β-hydroxybutyrate dehydrogenase rather than
GOx and have been used to detect and treat certain complications resulting from
prolonged hyperglycemia. The sensors for estimating blood alcohol extents have
been developed using the same approach, even patented but not yet commercially
developed.
7.2
Working Features of a Glucometer
Model-specific working specifications of glucometers regulating their functioning
and user acceptability are as discussed next.
• Size: In general, the average size of a typical glucometer is equivalent to the hand
palm though hospital meters could be the size of remote control. The devices are
battery regulated.
• Test strips: Test strips inherently provide a sensitive and engineered surface,
comprising chemicals that react with the glucose quantity in the blood drop
(sample being examined). The strip can be plastic grade, having a small spot
impregnated with GOx and other constituents. In general, the strips are fabricated
for one-time use although some configurations do employ disks, drums, or
cartridges equipped with a consumable amount of being examined material for
multiple analyses.
• Coding: As test strips vary on batch-to-batch basis, certain models mandate the
user to manually enter a code that is written on a particular vial of test strips or on
a chip that comes with a test strip. Upon entering the coding or chip into the meter,
the device is optimally (through in-built programming) calibrated to that batch of
test strips. In case of wrong proceeding, the meter reading may go up to
4 mmol•L 1 (72 mg•dL 1), which is quite inaccurate. Such outcomes of
106
•
•
•
•
•
P. Malik et al.
inappropriately coded meters could be serious for patients who are actively
managing their diabetes extent and may place them at an enhanced risk of
hypoglycemia. Some test strip configurations carry the code information
imprinted in the strip while others have a microchip in the vial of strips that can
be inserted into the meter. Such design variations minimize the user error likelihood. In some yester designs, a single touch standardizes the test strips around a
single code number, wherein the need for a code change is eliminated after it is
once set. In some relatively recent models, there is no provision to change the
code after it is once set.
Volume and time requirement for sample analysis: Quite often, the typical size
of blood drop required for analysis in the differently optimized configurations lies
within (0.3–1) μL. The primitive configurations require a large sample quantity
(referred to as hanging drop from the fingertip); a smaller volume, however,
indeed minimizes the operational fluctuations. The normal time taken to read a
test strip ranges from (3–60) s for different model configurations.
Alternate site screening: A smaller drop volume needs pricking of the forearms
or other lowly sensitive areas contrary to the fingertips. This testing mode is
suited only for stable blood glucose quantities, such as before having meals,
amidst fasting, or just before going to bed at night time.
Display: The digital versions of the instrument provide the glucose values in
mg•dL 1 or mmol•L 1. The preferred measurement units vary on a countrywide
basis like mg•dL 1 is preferred in the United States, France, Japan, Israel, and
India. However, in Canada, Australia, and China, mmol•L 1 is used. Germany is
the only country to date where both units are accepted for measurement. There
have been many confusions regarding the measurement units by the instruments,
with the patient being misled by the fact that a mmol•L 1 reading is a very low
reading in mg/dL or the converse. In general, a mmol•L 1 value is presented as a
decimal point, whereas without a decimal value is in mg•dL 1.
Glucose versus plasma glucose measurements: The glucose extent in plasma
(one of the blood constituents) is higher than in whole blood, and the difference
tends to be ~11% with a normal hematocrit. The understanding of such distinction
is significant as household blood glucose meters estimate glucose in whole blood
contrary to the plasma extents estimated in most laboratory tests. At present,
several meter configurations occupy the market, wherein the result is processed as
“plasma equivalent” even though actual measurements pertain to whole blood
glucose. The conversion to whole glucose from that of plasma equivalent is
facilitated by an inbuilt equation formatted into each glucose meter. Such a
facility enables the patients to compare their glucose determinations with the
lab test.
Provision for yester records: Many meter configurations at present include a
clock that is set by the user for date and time along with a memory for recording
past test results. Such a provision is an important step in diabetes care as it aids in
keeping a record of management and the gradual shifts (over days and weeks) in
blood glucose trends and patterns. In general, most memory chips display an
average of recent glucose readings. A common lacuna of all configurations
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
107
equipped with clock facility pertains to inappropriate time settings of the clock
(due to time changes, static electricity, etc.), whereby the timing of past measurements could be misrepresented, making the management cumbersome.
• Information transfer: Several meter configurations, at present, are equipped
with sophisticated data-handling ability vis-à-vis downloading via cable to a
computer having diabetes management software for displaying the test results.
Apart from this, some configurations also allow an entry of additional parameters
such as insulin dose, the quantity of carbohydrates eaten, and the optimum extent
of exercise. Several meters are configured along with insulin injection devices
and cellular transmitters. A radio link to an insulin pump allows automatic
transfer of glucose measurements to a calculator that assists the wearer in
deciding the apt insulin dose.
• Economy: Typical expense of a household-used glucose meter is presently high
due to the sophisticated needs of test strips used. The 2006 expenses of a glucose
meter strip ranged within (0.35–1) $. Very often, manufacturers provide meters at
a negligible cost to enable the use of profit-incurring test strips. While type I
diabetics may require testing 4–10 times per 24 h (due to insulin modulation
extents), type 2 diabetics need a less frequent analysis, particularly in the absence
of insulin therapy as a treatment recourse. A recent study funded by the National
Health Service, UK, focused on analyzing the cost-effectiveness of selfmonitoring of blood glucose and reported significant variations in the customer
price not being accountable to the improved working aspects of detecting instruments. The study estimated ~12 million as the spent amount for the 42 million
self-monitored glucose tests, which lacked the acceptable accuracy norms. Additionally, accomplishing £23.2 m per annum efficiency savings seemed well within
reach, subject to the disinvestment of the National Health Service from the lowly
functional technologies compared to the available alternatives (albeit at a higher
cost). Inspection revealed some meters as being assembled with counterfeit test
strip batches, which substantially contributed to error-prone outcomes.
7.3
Configured Variations
Based on the analyzing ability and the working specifications, the most well-known
configurations for glucose meters include hospital glucose meters, noninvasive
meters, and continuous glucose monitors. A brief profile of each of these variations
is described next.
• Hospital glucose meters: Such configurations include special glucose monitors
that are now used in multipatient hospitals. These are optimized to provide a more
rigorous quality control summary. The data-handling provisions in these systems
are optimized to transfer glucose results into electronic medical records and the
laboratory computer systems for billing requirements.
• Noninvasive meters: Due to a possible risk emanating from continuous skin
contact, such glucometer configuration has eluded the users for a long time. The
108
P. Malik et al.
quest for its exclusive search began in 1975 but has not met any success even to
date, with no clinical- or commercial-scale viable product. The maximum progress in this direction relates to a 1999 approval of a sole product for selling,
relying on a technique that requires electrical pulling of glucose through intact
skin. This product was withdrawn after a short time in light of its poor performance and occasional damage to the user’s skin.
• Continuous glucose meters: This configuration comprises a disposable sensor
positioned beneath the skin, a transmitter connected to the sensor assembly, and a
reader for receiving and displaying the measurements. Such sensor types can be
used for several days before a possible replacement. These configurations allow
real-time measurements and eliminate the need for fingerprick-driven testing of
glucose levels. A pressing limitation is an inaccuracy of working as these
instruments read the interstitial fluid glucose levels that are much lower than
the corresponding blood extents.
7.4
Accuracy Concerns of Glucose Meters
Despite significant technological advances and a periodic review of met accuracy
standards for glucose, and ace meters by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), the accuracy of glucose meters remains a challenging issue. As
per ISO15197 Instructions Manual, blood glucose meters must provide results that
are within 15% of laboratory standard concentrations above 100 mg•dL 1 on a
minimal of 95% measurements.
• Disappointingly, several factors could affect the testing accuracy such as proper
and upright calibration of meter, optimum temperature and pressure changes for
wiping off the strip, size, and quality of blood sample being screened, humidity,
aging of test strips, and high levels of certain materials (such as ascorbic acid) in
the blood. The model configurations vary in their implicit vulnerability to these
factors along with their inbuilt settings to either prevent or warn of the display of
the inaccurate results with error messages.
• Recently, an improvised design of conventional Clarke Error Grid (a benchmark
standard for analyzing and displaying the reading accuracy), Consensus Error
Grid, has been introduced. The older glucometer models still mandate a coding
with the used test strip lot failing that the accuracy of reading may tamper on a
possible lacking calibration.
• Another pressing issue is the error in the displayed readings for hypoglycemic and
hyperglycemic distinctions, wherein the apparent value of instantaneous blood
glucose is generally perceived as greater for hypoglycemia than hyperglycemia.
This issue has made the meters less useful, with precision and ratio of falsepositive and -negative outcomes appearing as primary problems. Such constraints
decipher a 15% or low imprecision extent as a limiting factor for hyperglycemic
conditions. The working poses a slight distinction in the management of 200 and
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
109
260 mg•dL 1 extents, wherein an error margin of 15% at a low glucose index
manifests a greater ambiguity about glucose management.
• The above reference to imprecision is aggravated by the possible false-positive
and -negative outcomes in diabetic and nondiabetic populations. The sufferers of
type 1 diabetes in general exhibit a wider range of glucose extents, typically
within (40–500) mg•dL 1 and corresponding to (50–70) mg•dL 1 reading,
usually hypoglycemic symptoms are accompanied. So, there is a slight uncertainty about a “true positive” representing reading with accompanied minute
harm analogous to its being a false positive. Nevertheless, the occurrence of
hypoglycemia (for an unaware state), the associated autonomic failure, and faulty
counterregulatory response confer greater reliability at low levels, as desperately
urgent in type 1 diabetic patients, which is a comparatively rare possibility with
the more common form, the type 2 diabetes.
• Contrary to the above, the error in readings of people not suffering from diabetes
pertains to periodic hypoglycemia symptoms, which could also be a higher rate of
false positives where the meter is rather inaccurate for a possible hypoglycemia
diagnosis. The meter presumably provides occasional usefulness in monitoring
severe hypoglycemia (such as congenital hyperinsulinism), corresponding to
which average glucose in fastening remains >70 mg•dL 1.
Handheld pregnancy detection kit: The first home pregnancy test came into
emergence in 1976 when pregnancy tests have become the most common household
diagnostic assay. The handheld pregnancy detection provision is a perfect instance of
a portable and steadfast biosensor, wherein urine samples are screened for the
presence of human chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) using Abs. The choice of HCG
as a pregnancy marker pertains to its rapid and consistent rise in early pregnancy,
which can be detected in urine. A typical configuration of a handheld pregnancy
detection probe is well-equipped to provide women with reliable results just within a
few weeks of pregnancy. The working of a pregnancy kit is based on the detection of
HCG, which is produced very early in pregnancy by trophoblast cells. On implantation, the placenta begins to develop and generate increasing amounts of HCG,
which is screened in the laboratory and home pregnancy kits. For a fundamental
understanding, one must be aware of the genesis factor for HCG as a screening agent
to ascertain pregnancy, its features, and functions.
7.5
Rationale of Human Chorionic Gonadotropin Measurement
for Pregnancy Detection
• The development of the very first biological assay for HCG-driven pregnancy
detection can be traced back to 1927 and the combined work of Ascheim and
Zondek. In the following 30 years, manifold variations in their procedure have
been reported.
• One such modification reported by Tietz in 1965 evaluated the validity in frogs
and noticed a 12% positive response in the first week after the missed period. The
110
P. Malik et al.
extent rose to 58 and 93% in the second and third weeks. On being studied in
presumably more sensitive rabbits, the response extents of positivity were 77, 90,
and 96%.
• A 1973 optimization attempt by Rees and colleagues demonstrate no serious
trouble in devising the tests with a higher accuracy level in the first week itself,
after the missed period. Nevertheless, a crucial concern of optimized bioassays
pertains to cumbersome and expensive procedures that may consume several days
before providing the results. Owing to the convenience and cost compromises,
bioassays were superseded by immunoassays in 1960.
7.6
Biochemistry and Functions of Human Chorionic
Gonadotropin
• Belonging to the family of glycoprotein hormones, HCG partners with luteinizing
hormone (LH), follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), and thyrotropin-stimulating
hormone (TSH) as the other family members. Each of these hormones comprises
two distinct subunits, the first being the 92 amino acid α-subunit, typically similar
in all. However, the second subunit (β) makes up the distinctive features of each
hormone. In HCG, the β subunit comprises 145 amino acids, with the first 121 Nterminal amino acids having a common involvement for 80% of the sequence
with β-LH. Notably, the C-terminus of β-HCG harbors a 24 amino acid extension,
unlike the LH. In general, both subunits perform important biological roles,
although the specificity of action is determined by the β subunit. The α subunits
encoded by a single gene on chromosome 6 while its β counterpart is encoded by
a family of seven genes on chromosome 19 (Chard 1992).
• The bulk of HCG exists as intact (α-β dimer) in the human circulation, with only
little extents of free α and β domains. Albeit in urine a major extent of material
that participates in immunoassays for HCG is a metabolic fragment of the
hormone, commonly known as β-core (Chard 1992). This further comprises
two polypeptide chains, derived from the β subunit of HCG, residing in the
amino acid sequences 6–40 and 55–92, fused via disulfide bridges.
• The typical β subunit fragment lacks the prominent 30 amino acid carboxyterminal peptide but does have the constitutional immunological determinants
and intact free β subunit. Although significant amounts of β-HCG are located in
the urine of pregnant women as well as in some cancer sufferers, it is untraceable
in the serum. The rationale for the β-HCG secretion correlates it either via
placental circulation after which it is spontaneously excreted by kidneys or
anticipate its substantial generator as intracellular degradation of intact HCG β
subunit in the renal parenchyma.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
7.7
111
Functions of Human Chorionic Gonadotropin
• Typically, chorionic gonadotropin exhibits several biological actions and functions comparable to those of the pituitary luteinizing hormone. Usually, the
trophoblast surrounding the blastocyst commences the HCG secretion in the
maternal circulation, normally after a week of conception (implantation stage).
• Increasing extents of HCG in a mother’s body confer a stimulus to the corpus
luteum (CL, the autotrophic hypothesis). Contrary to this, a normal, nonpregnant
menstrual cycle has the CL commencement as involuntary at this stage. Besides,
the secretions of estradiol and progesterone are much less, resulting in
endometrium loss.
• The CL continues to grow under the HCG influence and onsets with the secretion
of increasing steroid quantity. Thus, HCG is the principal signal from an early
pregnancy leading to CL rescue, postponed menses, and hence, the maintenance
of pregnancy.
7.8
Human Chorionic Gonadotropin in Early Pregnancy
• In general, HCG detection in a mother’s physiology can be done 8 days after
conception. A titer of ~10 mI, U•ml 1 is observed within the serum on the 9th and
10th days, after the follicular rupture. However, with gradual pregnancy development, the HCG count increases by ~50% per day extent. This reaches a
saturation extent of ~100,000 mI, U•ml 1 by the 10th week. Henceforth, the
HCG secretion declines and slowly attains stability with an extent of ~20,000 mI,
U•ml 1 for the remaining pregnancy duration.
• Apart from being present in maternal serum, HCG can be detected in the urine of
pregnant women, with appearance and rise exhibiting a similar variation as that of
maternal circulation. From the ninth day post-conception, HCG concentration
normally hovers around 0.93 mI, U•ml 1 after which the HCG expression
steadily increases and becomes maximum post 45 days of conception.
• Repetitive studies have inferred an increment in urinary HCG up to nearly 50%,
wherein a significant uniformity is highlighted, irrespective of ethnicities. The
levels in early pregnancy (16th day onward following assisted reproductive
technology) are significantly lower in women with a higher pre-pregnancy body
mass index (BMI), which is believed to be due to the effect of adipose tissuederived signaling molecules on HCG secretion by the implanting embryo.
• Inaccuracies and inconsistency in HCG concentrations could be due to poor
recollection of women’s LMP. This is supported by the observations of highly
low regular monthly cycles (~32%) with a certainty of LMP date. The reasons
attributed to this include early pregnancy bleeding, recent hormonal contraceptive
use, or breastfeeding. On computing the HCG concentration through surges in LH
that stimulate ovulation, this variability is eliminated.
112
P. Malik et al.
Fig. 23 Working framework of a handheld pregnancy detection kit
7.9
Constitution of Workable Kit Configuration
• A handheld pregnancy kit is arguably the most used and successful protein
detection device for pregnancy screening. The assay functions via lateral-flow
immuno-chromatography. The typical working operation comprises a nitrocellulose (NC) membrane equipped with sample addition and adsorbent pads at its two
terminals. A conjugate pad housing the monoclonal anti-HCG Ab bound with the
due label (such as Au NP and the dye-doped polystyrene micro/nanosphere) is
placed in between the NC membrane and the sample incorporation pad.
• In the immediate surroundings of the adsorbent pad NC membrane terminal, a test
line and a control line, carrying antibodies against HCG and MAb, are
immobilized over its surface, respectively. On adding the test urine sample to
the sample addition pad, the sample moves toward the adsorbent pad via capillary
action.
• The working configuration of the probe necessitates the capture of a dye label in
both the test and control lines in the presence of HCG. In the absence of this, only
the control line would appear as colored. It is worth noting for the readers that the
kit provides a qualitative result that is visualized by naked eyes without a
transducer involvement. However, lately, it has been possible to obtain a semiquantitative result by incorporating a reflectance-based reader (Fig. 23).
• Recent attempts in this relation have aimed at the amalgamation of lateral flow
immuno-chromatographic assays with electrochemical detection. A significant
study by McNeil and accomplices herein reported the impedimetric detection of
antigen–antibody interaction that prevailed on the test line. In place of a dye label,
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
113
urease was used to label the motional phase of MAb. In course of the assay, urea
solution was passed over the test line after the capture of MAb–urease conjugate,
to get rid of nonspecific residual materials. Detection was ascertained by ureasedriven hydrolysis that led to an increase in the pH. To monitor this, a pH-sensitive
electrode was positioned over the test line, so that a pH variation caused a
breakdown in the polymeric film and effected a detectable change in electrode
capacitance.
• In an attempt to use labels other than those of enzyme, Lin and colleagues
demonstrated a high-precision assay comprising QD label (CdS@ZnS), wherein
electrochemical detection was made by the initial dissolution of QD via acidic
functionalization. Analysis revealed the titer of cadmium ions via stripping
voltammetric measurement using a disposable screen-printed electrode. Figure 25
depicts the positioning of this electrode below the test line. Investigators emphasized the rationale of the precise measurements using stripping voltammetric
assays, making this technology more sensitive over reflectance-based sensing.
7.10
Cautions for Result Interpretation
• Often, it is perceived that pregnancy tests using portable kits are not reliable or are
prone to giving negative results before the time of the first period. Nevertheless, a
properly and sensitively conducted test with (25–50) IU•L 1 sensitivity, a negative result from more than 1 week from the expected missed period can accurately
identify the pregnancy.
• Thereby, a fair likelihood prevails of HCG levels in a woman being at the
extremely lower end of the normal range leading to its nondetection. Alternatively, it could be possible that conception happened later than expected based on
menstrual history. This residual ambiguity can be eliminated by repeating the test
after 1 week.
• With current technology, it is quite unlikely to get a positive result in the absence
of pregnancy. Still, false-positive results could be obtained, majorly in postmenopausal women. A faint probability mediates such possibilities that are due
to low circulating HCG extents in nonpregnant subjects. Several times, it is a
coincidence that the screened HCG levels of the test sample do not fall within the
instrumental range and are either low or excessively high. In such cases, the first
result is indeed not positive. But a repetition of such issues has resulted in the
generalization of <5 IU•l 1 being confidently stated as negative while those with
>25 IU•l 1 can be confidently declared as positive. The intermediate values are
inevitably a doubtful zone, and the values close to 25 IU•l 1 need a retesting at
the 2-day interval to assure positivity.
• Several factors have been described at varying time instants as the possible
interfering agents in a pregnancy test. Such artifacts in the current generation of
test kits could be deciphered from the fact that there is no drug or physiological
state due to which well-designed ELISA analysis to be carried over a urine sample
could be interfered with. A nonfollower herein is the case of a woman who has
114
P. Malik et al.
received HCG therapeutically, usually for ovulation induction. This is because the
serum half-life of injected HCG follows a multiphase curve with initial rapid
stages of 5 and 24 h, followed by a further moderation to 2.3 days. It is not
surprising herewith that exogenous HCG may still be detected in urine up to
14 days after the last dose.
• Another untoward possibility pertains to higher HCG expression following
intramuscular compared to subcutaneous injection. In such circumstances, the
detection of HCG is not unbiased, and therefore, other tests are suggested.
Secondly, in case a pregnant woman undergoes an abortion in the first trimester,
it may take as long as 60 days for HCG levels to reduce to zero from the
comparatively higher values after 7–10 weeks. Yet another highly rare possibility
could be the fact that the screened woman may have an HCG-secreting tumor,
gestational trophoblastic disease, a gonadal teratoma, or carcinoma with ectopic
HCG secretion.
• Above all, it is highly essential to note that pregnancy or a positive test does not
assure getting a baby 9 months later. The net loss of pregnancies between
conception and term is highly significant. The modern test kit is more likely to
result in a negative response for a pregnancy prediction. Usually, the earlier the
pregnancy diagnosis, the more likely the abortion chances. Positive tests may
even occur in the luteal phase of an otherwise normal cycle, wherein the pregnancy implants but usually aborts before the termination of the expected period.
This kind of situation is also referred to as “occult” or more commonly as
“biochemical pregnancy.”
8
Recent Advances in Biosensor Development for Screening
Some Critical Disorders
This section discusses the elect advances of the past 5 years focused on biosensors
development of Alzheimer’s disease (AD), cystic fibrosis (CF), and tuberculosis
(TB). The selection of these diseases has been made based on the alarming adversity
affecting healthcare in the recent past. Although this selection is not in its entirety,
we believe a thorough understanding of functional principles vis-a-vis exclusive
pathogenic markers could be crucial toward accomplishing similar advances toward
similar fatalities. All these diseases are known for more than three decades now and
therefore population affected by them is quite high, owing to which we have chosen
these to discuss whether the biosensors equipped with their prompt diagnosis could
make a difference in their fatalities or could better the corrective response. Much has
been talked about improving the therapeutic efficacy of delivered drugs in these
disorders, and realizing which modified routes to prolong the drug therapeutic
activities at the desired site is swiftly gaining momentum across the globe. The
discussion does not intend to cover all the recent biosensors evidently, and the focus
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
115
Fig. 24 Characteristics of the various Alzheimer’s disease subtypes
is more on the distinct configurations optimized via distinct probe modification
including functionalization with NMs.
8.1
Alzheimer’s Disease
• Prevailing as the most common aging disorder, AD has been a consistent element
of interest for countless clinicians and scientists. Fundamentally possessing a
neurodegenerative origin, AD may remain undistinguished by the affected
patients and family members from conventional dementia as a part of the clinical
syndrome. Even clinicians not having an exclusive specialization rely on default
diagnosis for dementia-affected persons despite negative diagnostic tests. Nevertheless, to specialists, AD is an eventual outcome of cognitive decline and is
lesser a diagnosis of exclusion but more a recognizable possibility.
• From a histopathological viewpoint, the extracellular amyloid plaques are the first
defined signatures along with the intracellular neurofibrillary tangles (90% prevalence as per the post-AD identification by the pathologists). Perhaps, the hallmarks documented and reported more recently include synaptic degeneration,
hippocampal neuronal loss, and aneuploidy. As a matter of interest, even nondemented elderly individuals have been screened by pathologists as to having
positive AD signatures. This has led to the genesis of preclinical AD terminology
that assumes preceding clinical changes by histopathological changes. Owing to
this, a longer lifespan of preclinical AD sufferers is likely to result in dementia
(the prevalence of histopathological changes). Though studies explore the reliability of this outcome using in vivo plaque and plaque-tangle imaging, to date
116
P. Malik et al.
consensus considers nondemented elderly cases as equivalent in terms of plaque
burdens to those diagnosed clinically with AD.
• A second intriguing aspect of AD molecular biology is it is likely to occur in 95%
of persons who are >100 years old. Perhaps, a 2005 study noticed some extent of
AD histopathology in all the examined brains of >85-year-old patients
(Polvikoski et al. 2006). Owing to this, there has been an anticipation of all
long-living individuals to develop AD. Some yester studies established as many
as (75–90)% centenarians of have dementia syndrome with (85–95)% meeting
the least histopathological criterion. Thereby, it would not be surprising to
conclude that centenarians are expected to suffer from AD and presumably
comprise an exception if they do not have that.
• Another oblivious concern herein relates to a common onset of age-related
cognitive skill revival. Yester reports of neuropsychological origin predict that
after adulthood attainment insidious cognitive variations begin to manifest. While
such changes express through decades but generally represent a decline from the
prior more active and adequate functioning contrary to progressive lateral shifts in
cognitive strategies. Though such conditions do not pinpoint an AD possession, it
would be a big mislead if one does not consider such outcomes as an indication of
the AD continuum. The recent notion of mild cognitive impairment (MCI)
resolves these issues to a certain extent, identifying a transitional state between
normal cognition and dementia. Over the years of continuing improving molecular characterizations now rate MCI as the manifesting AD in their early recognizable extent. An analogous consideration herein is the age-associated cognitive
decline (AACD), which exclusively encompasses “benign” cognitive changes.
• Ultimately, it is now considered a norm to include all dementia syndromes,
manifested by plaque and tangle accumulation under the AD loop, leading to
classify the various AD subtypes. Figure 24 depicts these subtypes, among which
senile dementia of Alzheimer’s type (SDAT) includes the individuals who have
been diagnosed with selenity, hardening of arteries, or just exhibiting an advanced
age (since the 1970s). Late-onset AD (LOAD) includes all those sufferers
possessing signs and symptoms post 65 years of age. Early-onset AD (EOAD)
loosely includes those sufferers who develop signs or symptoms before 55, 60, or
65 years of age. Here, the exact upper age limit is variably defined. Familial AD
includes individuals having an autosomal-dominant family history. Though
autosomal-dominant inheritance patterns are rare (even among early-onset
cases), the FAD cases prevail with genetic heterogeneity, spanning the mutations
in amyloid precursor protein (APP) (located on chromosome 21), presenilin 1
(located on chromosome 14), or presenilin 2 (located on chromosome 1).
8.2
Biomarkers and Biosensor-Mediated Early Detection
• As of now, no reliable peripheral and exclusive biomarkers for AD are known for
their discrete identification via histological inspection of the brain amidst autopsy.
Inspection using PET using the C11-labeled Pittsburg Compound B (a thioflavin
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
•
•
•
•
117
T derivative that selectively binds amyloid-β) has resulted in contrasting
outcomes.
Senile plaques and NFTs residing inside the diseased brain are the ubiquitous
detection markers for AD screening. Recent efforts have improved the understanding of senile plaques, gradually characterized via manifold subtypes, such as
diffused, primitive, neuritic, compact core, and cotton wool. Of these, the neuritic
plaques have been screened as pathologically most relevant, many times compared with plaque possession, a consensus aspect for AD diagnosis at the time of
autopsy. Readers must note here that as per the CREAD guideline (commonly
used plaque relying regulation), standardized brain regions are examined through
Bielschowsky silver methodology, typically a nonspecific impregnation
responding to all plaque morphologies.
NFT represents the other major hallmark, occasionally referred to as globose and
pretangles, although NFT is not semiquantitative in the standard criteria but
prevails under the influence of location-specific residence within the brain. A
detailed and more rigorous characterization of a typical AD brain using phosphorTau Abs and some other closely related lesions comprise neuropil threads (thread
similar phospho-Tau accumulations within neuropil of gray and white matters),
and dystrophic neuritis (terminal neuritic swellings) residing within the neuritic
plaques.
Other phenotypes characteristically associated with AD include neuronal and
dendritic loss, neuropil threads, dystrophic neurites, granulovacuolar degeneration, Hirano bodies, and cerebrovascular amyloid. The synapse loss was
described several years back but has been an exclusive finding in recent literature
sources. The more commonly noted “synapse loss” is the most specific identifying feature of AD, thanks to the recent increase in the attempts to link the synapse
loss with low n-soluble Aβ. Readers must note herein that inspection of synapse
via immunohistochemistry or electron microscopy has no role in AD diagnosis at
autopsy, irrespective of its significant association with Aβ or the more general,
Tau species.
A serious issue in distinctive AD identification pertains to the distinction between
the pathology of AD and that of aging, in particular, among elderly persons. A
recent study highlighting this analyzed the clinical diagnosis with the pathological findings, wherein neuropathologists were blinded to clinical data and
observed 76% of cognitively intact elderly brains as AD brains. The identification
of lesions has been an AD hallmark since its 1907 description. The plaque
constituent was more stringently associated with senile dementia, even when
AD diagnosis was not known. The senile plaque and NFT lesions undoubtedly
remain the associated factors for Ad diagnosis, with several other changes also
being known that are comparatively less specific (granulovascular degeneration,
Hirano bodies, pathologically noninterpretable synapse loss). The clarity on the
spectrum of diseases in different age groups enhanced over the years with lesions
assuming more and more significance. In 1985, the Khachaturian criterion made
this distinction entirely quantitative, with older patients requiring more lesions to
confirm the Ad diagnosis. The association was based on the fact that the cases
118
P. Malik et al.
having a positive clinical history might have lesions reduced to half. The identification was finally registered by a consortium after several years, with an intent to
facilitate research, establish databases, and simplify the diagnosis procedures,
wherein plaques were coined as the most significant factors and for the elderly,
more plaques were regarded as the confirming factor. This led to the analysis
assuming a semiquantitative version, with the responses of “no, possible, probable, or definite.” Herein, the “no and possible” criterion could be deciphered
with assumptions that either the older brain is more tolerant of pathological
lesions or the lesions have nothing to do with etiology. The fact that both
possibilities could not be true at the same time emerged as a mathematical
certainty.
• Almost at the same stage, the Braak and Braak criteria came into recognition,
which relied more on NFT instead of a senile plaque. These guidelines
encompassed comparatively more sophisticated neuroanatomy that was designed
as being useful even to those having little or no knowledge. Furthermore, the
cases considered while framing these guidelines comprised both demented individuals as well as aged controls, whereas the staging was made irrespective of the
disease extent. Keeping this in mind, Braak and Braak noticed neurofibrillary
degeneration to proceed in a stepwise manner, from the transentorhinal area
(neuronal cells in medial temporal lobe bridge, entorhinal cortex, and temporal
neocortex) (stages I and II), to limbic regions (stages II–IV), to isocortical regions
(stages V and VI). On being compared to clinical data, the majority of stage I–II
cases were revealed as free of cognitive impairment while those from stage V–VI
exhibited cognitive impairment. Interestingly, the stage III–IV patients remained
more or less evenly distributed within dementia-positive and -negative outcomes.
This analysis created apprehensions regarding considering the Braak stage I–II
subjects as AD positive. Despite such conflicts, the involvement of neurofibrillary
pathology along with a significant neurofibrillary pathology and clinical disease
correlation, most neuropathologists favor the Braak approach over the CERAd
criterion.
• Relatively more recent NIA-Reagan criteria compromise the CERAD (supporting
amyloid cascade) and Braak considerations (primacy of phosphorylated Tau),
depending on the pathological extent, and divide the cases into “low likelihood,”
“immediate likelihood,” and “high likelihood” of AD.
The following sections describe the major results of select studies focused on early
AD diagnosis using biosensor technology collected from PubMed and features from
2016 to date.
• Realizing the significance of amyloid-beta peptide 42 (Aβ42) as a recognition
marker of AD manifestation, Li and colleagues designed a reusable biosensor
having magnetically sensitive nitrogen-doped graphene (MNG)-modified Au
electrode as the detection surface. The Abs of Aβ1-28 configuration is used as
the Aβ42-specific biorecognition element, which was conjugated on the MNG
surface. The sensing framework could be robustly made using MNP-coated
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
119
MNGs, whereby the need for electrode drying could be bypassed, reducing the
analysis time and simplifying the overall detection mechanism. The developed
configuration exhibited significant reusability with good reproducibility and
stability and exhibited a linear correlation within the (5–800) pg•ml 1 range.
The cut-off extent for Aβ42 was well-resolved with a 5 pg•ml 1 LOD. Briefly, the
superparamagnetic magnetite (Fe3O4) NPs are deposited over nitrogen-doped
graphene to form MNG. The MNG surface was labeled with anti-Aβ Abs via
sulfosuccinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate
(sulfoSMCC) cross-linking method to form magnetic immunocarriers (Aβ-MNG).
Thereafter, the magnetic immunocarriers were dropped over the Au electrode,
leading to their entrapment via placing an external magnet beneath the electrode
to facilitate electrochemical Aβ detection. Besides improving the detection efficacy, the optimized configuration also moderated the costs and response time,
projecting its diagnostic usefulness (Li et al. 2016).
• Through another significant attempt, Azimzadeh and their team developed an
ultrasensitive electrochemical nanobiosensor optimized for miR-137 quantification as a distinct AD biomarker. The designed configuration involved electrochemically reduced graphene oxide (ERGO) and Au nanowires to modify the
surface of SPCE after the application of an intercalated label, doxorubicin. The
fabrication steps were rigorously analyzed using field emission scanning electron
microscopy (FE-SEM), energy-dispersive spectroscopy (EDS), cyclic
voltammetry (CV), and EIS. It was found that the sensor worked well within
the (5–750) fM linear range with 1.7 fM as LOD. Besides, the sensor also
exhibited a significant specificity of working, distinguishing the target oligomers
from the nonspecific counterparts (nonspecific targets being miR-21 and
miR-155) very well. Inspection of working configuration in human serum
revealed its potential significance for prompt feasible and robust AD detection
(Azimzadeh et al. 2017).
• Another significant 2017 attempt by Yoo and associates involved the design of an
IME sensor for impedimetric Aβ protein detection from the blood. The sensing
probe was fabricated through a surface micromachining approach, capable of
detecting tens to hundreds of pg•ml 1Aβ contents via medium change from
plasma to PBS buffer with signal cancellation and amplification processing
(SCAP) configuration. The maintenance of stability amidst medium change was
accomplished using a steadfast Ab immobilization method. The probe displayed
significant Aβ detection selectivity due to the specific Aβ affinity to the screening
Ab at varying concentrations. To synchronize with the optimized functioning, the
medium change was optimized concerning optimized absolute impedance change
and differentiated impedance variations for real-scale plasma Aβ detection. The
output signal processing system of the developed probe was designed for performance optimization and enhancement of signal interaction between recognition
and target materials with cancellation and amplification functions for nullifying
the parasitic capacitance, error, and noise. The optimized configuration discriminated the Aβ levels between Aβ protein precursor/presenilin 1 (APP/PS1)
120
P. Malik et al.
transgenic mice and wild-type (normal) mice through screening the Aβ extents in
plasma with high sensitivity and reproducibility (Yoo et al. 2017).
• Another notable attempt by Qin and associates designed a label and Ab-free
electrochemical biosensor for the exclusive detection of amyloid-beta oligomers
(AβO) using an electrically conductive poly(pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid) linking
agent and prion protein (PrPc) receptor. The PrPc was modified to have an –NH2
group terminal that facilitated a covalent linkage with the –COOH group of PPy.
The PPyCOOH (poly(pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid)) was electrochemically deposited on Au substrate and subsequently used for immobilizing PrPc. To ensure the
effectiveness of the conductive linking agent, a nonconductive self-assembled
monolayer (SAM) of 3-mercaptopropionic acid (MPA) was layered on Au substrate to immobilize with –NH2-terminated PrPc. The working principle of optimized configuration was based on the fact that any change in electron transfer
through SAM on the electrode surface would be reflected through varied sensor
responses. The configuration sensitively detected the Aβ oligomer and developed
an insignificant response to the Aβ monomer and fibrils. The working configuration of the sensor was stepwise optimized using EIS and CV, revealing a 10 4 pM
LOD. To validate the specificity, the designed biosensor estimated AβO levels in
cerebrospinal fluid of AD-infected mice, the results of which confirmed an
accurate and selective detection at sub-pM extents (Qin et al. 2018).
• In a 2019 study from China, Zhang and associates designed an artificial peptide
nanonetwork biosensor to combat its natural contemporary pathological peptide
aggregates by mimicking their pathogenic response. Precisely, periphery platelet
configuration is capable of secreting Aβ and further induced its cross-linking and
aggregation to form a surface peptide nanonetwork. The outcome of such a
response was the manifold poly-tyrosine strands that were covalently trapped
within the network and served as efficient signal amplifiers through electrochemical oxidation of tyrosine. The method is relatively unique, sensitive, and bears
proximity to stress-aggravating Aβ configurations. The designed probe enabled a
quantitative distinction of normal and pathological periphery platelet distribution,
whereby the AD patients could be effectively discriminated through the screened
neurodegenerating platelet functioning. The optimized configuration responded
well to clinical blood samples and exhibited a larger dynamic range and a lower
LOD compared to ELISA. The signal-amplifying ability of covalently trapped
poly-tyrosine strands made the fabricated biosensor significantly better than labelfree methods (Zhang et al. 2019a).
• Another benign 2019 attempt by Negahdary and the group fabricated a highly
sensitive, eco-friendly, and robust aptasensor for Aβ quantification through electrochemical transduction ability of fern leaf similar to Au nanoassembly. This
assembly was synthesized by the investigators through electrodeposition using
PEG 6000 as a shape-directive agent. The functioning of this probe was characterized both electrochemically and by FE-SEM. The working configuration
involved the detection of Aβ binding on a specific RNA aptamer immobilized
on the Au nanoassembly using ferro/ferricyanide as a redox marker. The optimized configuration detected Aβ within the (0.002–1.28) ng•ml 1 linear range,
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
121
corresponding to an LOD of 0.4 pg•ml 1. The designed configuration functioned
well (ruling out any sort of interference), and for assessing the functioning in real
samples, human blood serum and artificial cerebrospinal fluid containing Aβ were
analyzed (Negahdary and Heli 2019).
• The most recent attempt toward biosensor-mediated early AD diagnosis is a 2020
study by Park and colleagues, who optimized an ultrasensitive and multiplexed
detection of Aβ1–42 and t-Tau (both prominent AD biomarkers) in biological
fluids using a reduced graphene oxide field-effect transistor (gFET). The FET was
made by growing a 300 nm SiO2 layer through thermal oxidation on 4-in p-type
Si wafers. The SiO2 substrates were cleaned (30 min treatment with a 3:1 H2SO4
and H2O2 solution) and surface activated using high-density –OH functional
groups. The cleaned surfaces were then treated with 1%, 3-(ethoxydimethylsilyl)propylamine diluted in ethanol for 1 h to give rise to –NH2 linkage.
A GO solution was separately prepared using modified Hummer’s method and,
after being dispersed in water, was spin-coated on APMES-treated SiO2 substrate
at 500 rpm for 5 s and 3000 rpm for 60 s. This ensured a strong adhesion through
electrostatic interaction between the –NH2 group (of APMES SAM) and –COOH
group on GO flakes. The GO thin films were reduced through treatment with HCl
vapor at 80 C for 3 h before being patterned via photolithography and reactive
ion etching (RIE) to achieve (40 80 μm) dimensions. Lastly, the patterned drain
and source electrodes were passivated using a stable SU-8 photoresist, resulting
in the partial opening of rGO active layer. The optimized configuration functioned
well and enabled a linear detection within (10 1 to 10 5) pg•ml 1 and a
femtomolar LOD in biofluids (human plasma and artificial cerebrospinal fluid)
as well as PBS. Secondly, the screened biomarkers possessed distinct surface
charges in the physiological environment based on isoelectric point, leading to the
foundation for achieving a distinct biomarker-specific output signal (Park et al.
2020).
8.3
Cystic Fibrosis
• CF is the most common autosomal-recessive cause of early mortality in Caucasians across the globe, wherein the occurrence frequency is close to 1 among
3000–4000 live births. Nearly 1 in (25–30) Caucasians are the carriers of pathogenic mutation of the CFTR gene. In the United States, as many as 1000
individuals are diagnosed with CF each year. Before the presently followed
newborn screening (NBS), the CF diagnosis proceeded either through symptomatic presentation or via family history. In 2004, the Centre for Diseases Control
and Prevention (CDC) recommended all states implement the NBS for CF, which
resulted in diagnosed extent being enhanced to 2/3rd of all cases. Surveys and
databases reveal the NBS-driven early CF diagnosis as the factor behind
improved nutritional outcomes that further resulted in improved pulmonary
functioning.
122
P. Malik et al.
• Lung disease is the major source of morbidity and mortality in CF-affected
persons, characterized by the most commonly tracked parameter of exhaled air
volume in the first second of forced exhalation (FEV1). Depending on age,
gender, race, and height, the FEV1 can be measured at the earliest in children
approaching school age. Children below 6 years are uncertain for reliable spirometry, along with a poor FEV1 sensitivity for early CF. The noted complementary tests that compensate for these hurdles include infant pulmonary function
tests (PFTs), chest imaging, and lung clearance index (LCI), a parameter that
identifies abnormalities in the ventilation distribution. Monitoring of such measures by the collaborative efforts of the Australian Respiratory Early Surveillance
Team for CF and London CF Collaborative has revealed a nonsuitability of PFT
in nearly 25% of 3-month-olds and as much as 50% of 2-year-olds suffering from
CF. LCI is abnormal even in 3-month-old children, wherein the early abnormalities are likely to be related to subsequent abnormalities on chest CT scans and are
likely to be stronger in abnormality than traditional spirometry in early school
years. Thus far, it is highly urgent to search for authentic and reliable early-stage
CF detection procedures that could strengthen the treatment efficacy alongside
moderating mortality.
• Chronic endobronchial infections have been viciously recognized as contributing
factors to CF morbidity and mortality. The recognition of pro-inflammatory
organisms, including Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus,
Haemophilus influenza, Streptococcus pneumonia, and Aspergillus species, in
the first 2 years is associated with worse spirometry in school-going children.
S. aureus is usually the first respiratory pathogen identified in respiratory secretions of young children suffering from CF, albeit there remains controversy
regarding the treatment via antibiotic prophylaxis. In adults infected with CF,
P. aeruginosa is the most commonly encountered pathogen with its mucoid
phenotype playing a decisive role in the manifestation of lung disease. In recent
years, P. aeruginosa prevalence has been signed in a decline, which could be due
to improved control of infection. The methicillin-resistant S. aureus is usually
associated with deteriorating lung disease with increased mortality. There has
been a consistent increment in its existence over the past two decades, similar to
that of the non-CF population. Similarly, the Burkholderia cepacia complex
prevalence has decreased, whereas that of non-tuberculous Mycobacteria has
increased since 2010. The recent emergence of bacterial detection techniques
that do not rely on routine microbial culture assays has identified the diversity and
complexity of microbes invading the CF-infected airways.
• Apart from poor nutrition and progressively critical lung diseases, many other
manifestations including CFTR dysfunctioning, wherein chronic sinusitis is
reported in 30% of all CF patients, lead to poor life quality and require surgical
intervention for elimination. Likewise, liver disease is known to affect (15–30)%
of CF sufferers with an associated minimal clinical consequence, although, if
ignored, it may lead to cirrhosis, along with a liver transplant requirement in
severe cases.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
123
• A positive correlation has been noted for CF-related diabetes (CFRD) with
progressive aging of patients and gradual destruction of pancreatic islet cells,
culminating in insulin deficiency. Lately, CFRD has been associated with more
severe lung disease, frequent pulmonary exacerbations, and poor nutritional
status. Familiar observations in CF sufferers and their caretakers are depression
and anxiety, as a caution of which routine screening is unanimously suggested.
The typical presence of depression or anxiety is usually associated with
suppressed adherence, enhanced pulmonary exacerbations, and worsened lung
disorders. The CF complications are more common in individuals having severe
genotypes and pancreatic inactivity. The sufferers with mild cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator (CFTR) gene mutations are typically pancreatic
okay with no demonstrable lung diseases or at least having displayed a multitude
of measurable abnormalities. Such individuals may suffer from male infertility or
recurrent/chronic pancreatitis.
• The most observed cause of CF to date are the mutations in the gene encoding
CFTR protein, an ion channel regulating chloride, bicarbonate, sodium, and fluid
fluxes at epithelial surfaces. CF lung disease is identified through impaired ion
transport, mucociliary clearance, inflammation, bacterial infection, and airway
remodeling, together resulting in bronchiectasis and respiratory failure. CFTR
may also cause intrinsic abnormalities in host defense cells, including epithelia,
neutrophils, and macrophages.
• Change in FEV1 has emerged as the most well-known endpoint for demonstrating
the clinical efficacy of CF clinical trials. Pulmonary exacerbations also serve as
primary clinical efficacy endpoints, but generally require elaborate analysis to
demonstrate the treatment impact. The notable secondary measures that have
supported approval and clinical use of pulmonary therapies include patientreported outcomes, weight gain, and bacterial density. Surprisingly, to date, no
CF-implicit anti-inflammatory drug has been accorded regulatory approval,
whereby knowledge about accepted clinical efficacy measures for these agents
is relatively scarce.
• Concerning ionic movement, sweat chloride titer, nasal potential difference
(NPD), and intestinal current measurement (ICM) are the major in vivo biomarkers to ascertain the normalcy of CFTR functioning. Of these, sweat chloride
is a comparatively easier, portable, and reliable procedure to screen the CFTR
operation and discriminate the patients based on minimal, partial, and complete
CFTR functions. This method is entirely standardized for clinical applications
and is being studied in multiple clinical trials, comprising a formidable mechanism of CF diagnosis. The quantified CFTR functions by the sweat chloride test
are ably supported by the altered titers of prominent markers for disease severity,
viz., age at the time of diagnosis, pancreatic stability, isolated male fertility, and
the typical lung disease severity. Nearly all studies of ivacaftor monotherapy in
CF patients (having a gating abnormality) exhibit considerable reductions in
sweat chloride. Erstwhile investigations in this reference have reported intermediate effects for ivacaftor in CF sufferers having R117H mutation while moderate
consequences were observed in the patients having two copies of F508del CFTR
124
P. Malik et al.
mutation. In general, the consequences of CFTR modulators on the sweat chloride test remain analogous to the clinical benefits for minimal, partial, and
complete CFTR functioning. Though discrete variations in sweat chloride have
not been yet directly correlated with FEV1 improvements, available aggregate
observations signify a distinctly improved assay performance for detaining the
biological activity.
• NPD is a direct measurement source of CFTR functioning in the respiratory
epithelium, isolating CFTR activity across the nasal mucosa independent of
sodium transport and the functioning of other chloride transporters. In general,
the NPD is more difficult to perform than the sweat chloride test and mandates a
need for specialized equipment and specific training. Recent interests have
standardized the NPD performance and analysis across the United States and
Europe, driven through SOPs and centralized coordination and interpretation of
trial data. The standardized NPD has been incorporated into small investigatorinitiated CFTR, other ion transport modulator trials, and also onto the early-phase
trials of CFTR modulators for which regulatory approval needs to be sought. In
multicenter trials, NPD assessments exhibited adequate sensitivity to detect dosedependent ivacaftor bioactivity in patients possessing the G551D CFTR mutation
but could not detect the bioactivity of systemic ataluren or lower dose lumacaftor
monotherapy in phase 2 and 3 studies conducted on patients having PTC and
F508del mutations, respectively. Neither of the attempted interventions could
enhance the clinical benefits to a measurable level, inferring the specificity for
clinically relevant modulator bioactivity.
• Another assay equipped with the elimination of CFTR functioning is the ICM,
exhibiting the distinction of a large dynamic range between CF and non-CF. The
typical working comprises a dissection of rectal biopsies that are subsequently
analyzed using chambers to monitor the CFTR-dependent ion transport in the
ex vivo conditions. Akin to NPD, many illustrious efforts are presently being
made to obtain standardized ICM performance and practical suitability, currently
in the phase of a universal SOP development by the European centers and US
clinical laboratories for centralized data interpretation. An added advantage of
ICM is its discrimination of variable extents of CFTR defects, typically based on
the characteristic CFTR genotype (nonfunctional, partial, and fully functional)
with clinical correlates emerging dependent on CFTR expression. The applicability of an ICM assay is restricted to centers with expertise in electrophysiological measurements. These restrictions have reduced the ICM screening as an early
phase CFTR biomarker in molecular diagnosis.
• Biomarkers of infection: Markers in this domain pertain to viral and fungal
infections, wherein infection by some defined bacterial species (mentioned
before) results in CF morbidity and mortality. Most evident infection biomarkers
reside in the lower respiratory tract (bronchoalveolar lavage, BAL fluid, sputum)
while other sources including cough swabs, oropharyngeal swabs, and nasopharyngeal samples are used in nonexpectant patients. The inconclusive sensitivity
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
125
and specificity for lower airway tract infection generally limit their applicability
in drug development.
• Frequently analyzed markers for antimicrobial rationale are the bacterial density
(determined in cfu•g 1 for sputum while in cfu•ml 1 for BAL fluid) and
the monitored CF pathogens (primary or secondary endpoints). As of now, the
chronic Pseudomonas infection-ramifying drugs have been approved by the
regulatory agencies, working via reduced microbial density as its endpoint. In
several trials, variations in FEV1 are noted as the primary endpoint that may not
coincide with the decrements in Pseudomonas density. Lately though, targeted
PCR-facilitated detection (used for viruses) is being improvised upon for an
accurate quantitative estimation of CF bacteria. Detection panels for repeatedly
infecting bacterial species are being standardized, relying on the prospect that
bacterial enzymes or virulence factors may aid in the early detection of resisted
responses.
• Biomarkers of inflammation: Markers of this category are suspected to play
decisive roles in the development of anti-inflammatory drugs that shape the
downstream improvements in CF lung disease for disease modification. These
markers could be used in early-phase studies to confirm the known action
mechanism of drug candidates. The studies made via yester CF clinical trials
convey that anti-inflammatory therapies may not induce immediate improvements in pulmonary function and can only moderate the deteriorating lung
functioning. The conventional method to monitor CF lung inflammation is
through bronchoscopy using BAL. BAL inflammatory markers have been used
as clinical endpoints in pathophysiological investigations and clinical trials of
inhaled tobramycin as well as recombinant human DNAse. The bottlenecks of
using bronchoscopy (recently recommended by the European CF Society Clinical
Trial Network for limiting the use to early-phase clinical trials) have rendered
blood and sputum as the commonly collected biospecimens for assessing
inflammation.
• Spontaneous sputum expectoration is generally confined to screening the more
advanced lung disease (in adolescents and adults). Sputum induction (inhalation
of hypertonic saline) improves the sample obtained in the sufferers who do not
normally expectorate the sputum; the biomarker assessments are generally comparable in both cases. Noted sputum biomarkers for CF are neutrophil elastase
(NE), whose activity provides an idea about the bronchiectasis in CF, and predicts
a possibility of likelihood future lung deterioration. The NE assessment has been
a consistent indicator of treatment response to pulmonary exacerbations, emerging significant to ascertain a future risk too. Elevated BAL NE also serves as a
predictive biomarker of impaired lung functioning and bronchiectasis in young
children suffering from CF. Other noted sputum biomarkers significant toward CF
clinical aspects include calprotectin, myeloperoxidase, high-mobility group box 1,
and YKL-40. Though sputum markers have been known for long, recent conflicts
in their observations for a possible CF possession make it challenging to rely
upon them vis-a-vis drug evaluation for shorter periods. The sputum biomarkers
126
P. Malik et al.
therefore would only be sufficient for their sensitivity to anti-inflammatory effects
in longer trials.
• Reliance on systemic inflammatory biomarkers has been a recent upsurge owing
to easier standardized, repeatable, age and disease severity-dependence moderate
blood measurements. Systemic inflammation may also link pulmonary and nonpulmonary CF morbidities, although the availability of data linking systemic
inflammation with clinical outcomes in CF is scarce. A considerable variation
in circulating biomarkers (contrary to sputum biomarkers) of inflammation after
exacerbation treatment is a vital inference of a higher sensitivity of systemic
inflammatory signatures, highlighting their usefulness in short-term interventional studies aimed at mitigating exacerbations. For example, a multicenter
exacerbation study noted suppressed serum CRP, amyloid A, and calprotectin
expressions in response to azithromycin treatment during a CF interventional
trial. The reductions correlated well with improvised lung functioning and weight
gain, suggesting the changes to be associated with clinically meaningful outcomes. Other potential systemic biomarkers relating clinical status to CF outcomes comprise neutrophil elastase antiprotease complexes, several cytokines
such as IL-6, IgG, and circulating mononuclear cell RNA transcripts. Readers are
suggested to have a look at more focused literature sources to know about the
further possibilities of improving the biomarker-predictive CF intensity and the
possible future challenges. The following points discuss the salient biosensor
mediated earlier and faster CF diagnosis of the recent past.
• In a noted attempt in 2015, the study by Toren and associates proposed a
microtoroid surface (as a biosensor) for screening the early-stage bacterial mutations. The specific context referred to herein was for screening the DNA alterations of Pseudomonas aeruginosa, the major CF pathogen that suffers from a
poor prognosis through manifested mutations in course of virulence and drugresistance development. The optimized configuration involved the fabrication of
high-quality factors microtoroids, after which their surfaces were coated with
3-aminopropyl triethoxysilane (APTES)/trimethyl methoxy silane (TMMS)mixed silane solution. Subsequently, the engineered toroid surfaces were again
coated with EDC/NHS linkages to facilitate the covalent conjugation of DNA
probes. Nonspecific interactions were prevented through ethanolamine capping
while the homogenous functionalization of the toroid surface was inferred from
confocal studies. The bacterial DNA hybridization at each step was observed as
dependent on probe length, where a significant response of nearly 22 pm was
obtained in response to the complementary strand of mutated P. aeruginosa DNA,
while that toward the mismatched strand was substantially low and late (~5 pm).
The LOD for the complementary strand was 2.32 nM, whereas no significant
response toward the noncomplementary strand was developed. Thereby, it was
validated that engineered microtoroid surfaces were capable of distinguishing
DNA alterations and CF-specific Pseudomonas recognition (Toren et al. 2015).
• In a 2018 study reported from Saudi Arabia, Eissa and colleagues proposed a
multiplexed biosensor for the detection of hyper immunoglobulin E syndromes
(HIES), the rare immunodeficiency disorder. The biosensor working domain
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
127
spanned a simultaneous detection of signal transducer and activator of transcription 3 (STAT3), dedicator of cytokinesis 8 (DOCK8), and phosphoglucomutase
3 (PGM3) proteins. The sensing probe was constructed on carbon array electrodes
that were initially modified through electrodeposition of Au NPs. The array
electrodes were thereafter used to immobilize specific Abs for the three proteins
after the electrode functionalization with cysteamine/glutaraldehyde linkers. The
sensor enabled simultaneous detection of DOCK8, PGM3, and STAT3 proteins
with the respective limits of 3.1, 2.2, and 3.5 pg•ml 1. The sensing exhibited
good selectivity and sensitivity toward other proteins (along with DOCK8,
PGM3, and STAT3), that is, CFTR and Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD).
The sensor also displayed a distinctive HIES identification from human serum.
So, although the designed configuration was not aimed toward screening CF, the
identification of CFTR protein attributes to its ability for efficient screening of CF
(Eissa et al. 2018b).
• Another attempt from a similar research group demonstrated a disposable carbon
nanofiber (CNF)-based electrochemical immunosensor for simultaneous detection of survival motor neuron 1 (SMN1), CFTR, and DMD proteins. The intent
behind choosing these analytes was to accomplish a point-of-care detection
mechanism for identifying the specific biomarkers of spinal muscular atrophy
(SMA), CF, and DMD, all hereditary disorders possessing rising morbidity and
mortality. To design the biosensor, initially, the CNF-modified array electrodes
were functionalized by the electroreduction of a carboxyphenyl diazonium salt.
Thereafter, the sensing probe was designed through a covalent immobilization of
three Abs on the working electrodes via EDC/NHS chemistry. The optimized
configuration enabled simultaneous detection of CFTR, DMD, and SMN1 with
high sensitivity and 0.9, 0.7, and 0.74 pg•ml 1 LOD. Apart from this, the sensor
also enabled a high recovery percentage on being applied to spiked whole blood
samples. Thus, the voltammetric immunosensor configuration provided a
cost-effective, easy-to-use, rapid and high-throughput SMA, CF, and DMD
detection using merely a few blood drops (Eissa et al. 2018a).
• A second attempt from the Toren research group is a 2018 study that featured in
ACS Sensors and aimed at the early detection of pathogens or their virulence
factors in complex media, suspecting its key role in the early diagnosis and
treatment of multiple diseases. The working configuration enabled a nanomolarselective Exotoxin A, a virulence factor secreted by Pseudomonas aeruginosa in
the sputum of CF patients. The study described an account of preliminary
investigation toward the feasibility evaluation of optical sensing of
P. aeruginosa in diluted artificial sputum, which mimicked the CF respiratory
environment. The probe design enabled a high-throughput screening by
exploiting anti-Exotoxin A-conjugated microtoroidal optical resonators. The
optimized surface engineering enabled an effective biointerface toward a highly
selective Exotoxin A detection in the complex media using monoclonal antiExotoxin A-functionalized microtoroids. The engineered surface was screened as
highly resistive to other sputum constituents and enabled exclusive Exotoxin A
128
P. Malik et al.
identification with reproducible measurements, with an LOD of 2.45 nM (Toren
et al. 2018).
• A recent attempt from 2020 is a study by Ghaderinezhad and his group, who
fabricated a paper-based sensor for quantitative screening of sodium, potassium,
calcium, chloride, and nitrite in the urine. The designed sensor configuration was
quantified using a smartphone-enabled platform. The probe comprised of a
fluorescent-sensitive platform for Na+, K+, and Ca+2 detection and a colorimetric
method for Cl and NO2 detection. To make the biosensor, the reagents were
added to a paper matrix after which the sample was deposited. This was
succeeded by reading the fluorescent and color intensities for quantifying the
target ion concentration. The application screening of the optimized configuration
enabled the Na+, K+, and Ca+2 estimation in their physiological extents, Cl from
50 to 300 mM and NO2 from 0.05 to 2 mM in the artificial urine (Ghaderinezhad
et al. 2020).
8.4
Tuberculosis
• One of the most dreaded life-threatening disorders, tuberculosis (TN) is caused by
Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mtb) and is transmitted by aerosols released from
the upper respiratory tract of an infected person to a healthy counterpart. As per
the WHO 2016 global TB report, 10.4 million TB cases were reported across the
globe in 2015, of which 1.8 million died in the same year. More startlingly, as
much as one-third of the world’s population is presently infected with Mtb bacilli.
It is a further concerning aspect that despite registering a 22% decline in TB
deaths during 2000–2015 the disease remains well-settled among the top 10 leading causes of death across the world.
• The exclusive traits of Gram-negative bacillus, Mtb, make TB one of the major
prevalent diseases at present. TB can remain in a dormant state for years without
expressing symptoms or getting spread to other subjects, but immediately after a
host-immune system is weakened, the bacteria become active and exclusively
affects the lungs and other body parts.
• The TB sufferers are further aggravated owing to the immune system affecting
illnesses that affects the immune system, such as HIV, whose condition is highly
precarious in many developing and underdeveloped economies of the world. The
bacilli exist in the lungs in the instant just after entering a host’s body, when they
are contained by the host’s immune system, resulting in moderation and latency
of infection, without noticeable symptoms. That’s why early diagnosis and
treatment of latent TB infection is a pivotal step in TB cure and is a decisive
factor for preventing the dissemination to healthy individuals.
• The major obstacles to successful field detection and treatment of TB are
spearheaded by the omnipresence of pathogens and diseases across different
continents, thereby complicating the management and eradication programs.
Interestingly, nearly 98% of reported cases are from developing countries,
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
•
•
•
•
129
resulting in TB being coined as a disease of poverty, wherein as much as
two-thirds of infections are reported within the (15–59) age group, typical
adulthood.
The next curtailing factor is the high cost of first-line anti-TB drugs (isoniazid,
rifampicin, pyrazinamide, and ethambutol) that restricts their usage and aggravates the frequent resistance episodes. This factor has been the limiting cause of
inadequate progress in emerging TB treatments and has vitally affected countries
like India and others.
The resistance episodes in Mtb toward the major first-line chemotherapeutic
agents have marred the treatment of TB cases. The last but not least issue relates
to a major extent of date of diagnosis procedures as being immunoassay-driven,
resulting in reduced specificity. It is worth mentioning here that Mtb shares
antigens with several other Mycobacterium species, owing to which the incidence
of false-positive testing is noted in as much as 35% of active sufferers. Besides
immunoassays, several other techniques such as flow cytometry, radiometric
detection, and latex agglutination are also used but all suffer from one or more
disadvantages about time-consuming detection procedure, skilled manpower
requirement, nonreproducibility of measurements, costly probe configuration, etc.
Current diagnosis: Present-stage TB diagnosis is done via immunological-cummicrobiological and genotypic tests. The following sections discuss the major
characteristics of these techniques with a focus on their inadequacies.
Immunological-cum-microbiological tests: The different configurations of
these tests are available for TB diagnosis, mentioned next in chronological order:
– Smear microscopy: Microscopy-based smear tests are very rapid, inexpensive, simple, and relatively easy-to-perform procedures for the detection of
acid-fast bacterium such as Mtb. Usually, the Ziehl–Neelsen staining is
employed needing at least 104 bacteria per ml sputum. The fluorescence
microscope using auramine-rhodamine staining is comparatively more sensitive despite being expensive, owing to its necessity of a fluorescence microscope. A higher sensitivity of this method is attributed to the feasible
examination suitability of slides at lower magnification. This method processes results within hours.
– Immunological assays (latex agglutination, ELISA, and Mantoux tests):
These tests are based on the typical binding of serum antibodies to Mtb
antigen. For instance, in latex agglutination tests, the latex (as polystyrene)
beads are functionalized with antigens extracted from a pathogenic Mtb, which
are subsequently reacted with serum samples. The completion of the reaction
results in coagulation of latex beads demarcating a positive response. These
tests do not have a high sensitivity, owing to which these often meet failure
whenever the bacterial load is lower than a threshold. Furthermore, the presence of antibodies in the serum could also interfere with the analysis and
aggravate the error-prone inferences.
– Radiometric detection test: This test estimates the Mtb metabolic activity
through radiological means. For instance, the Mycobacterium species are well
known to generate CO2 from the carbon sources like glycerol or acetate. The
130
P. Malik et al.
important selective criterion concerning Mtb herein pertains to its inability of
generating CO2 from glucose. Using this selective CO2-generating characteristic, the Mtb capability in generating 14CO2 from 14C-U-glycerol or 14C-Uacetate but not from 14C-U-glucose is estimated. This method draws very low
responses from developing countries owing to the technical complexity.
– Flow cytometry test: Over the past few years, this technique has swiftly
witnessed an increment in the detection of TB cases. The method herein
exploits the ability of viable Mtb to absorb fluorescein diacetate (FDA) and
hydrolyze it into fluorescein, which on being accumulated in the metabolically
active bacterium could be viably detected. The reproducibility of this method
is high, along with null active mycobacterial cell division. The technique,
however, desperately needs a sophisticated infrastructure and skilled manpower, which are seldom accomplished in developing countries.
– Cultivation detection tests (like BACTEC MGIT 960 systems): In these
techniques, biological samples are selectively cultured on solid media to detect
and quantify Mtb. Though operationally quite accurate, a (9–42)-day growth
period is required by this method. The method also requires a laboratory
backup, which complicates applications under field conditions in developing
countries.
– Genotypic tests: DNA-based techniques are rapidly assuming significance, in
particular for the Mtb-resistant stain detection. These tests mandate a
laboratory-scale optimization and therefore do not represent an apt option.
The following are the most important variations of these tests:
1. Assays based on polymerase chain reaction: Of the well-documented and
studied molecular assays, PCR-mediated Mtb screening relies on the recognition of specific gene sequences (from the mixture of all host genes
Markers for TB diagnosis
Host
dependent
Pathogen
dependent
Urine
Blood
Urine
IP10
LAM DNA Ag85b DNA
Ag85b
Unstimulated
blood
Breath Stimulated
blood
Serum/Plasma
Blood/PBMC
Volatile organic
Transcriptional & compunds
microRNA,
proteomic & metabolic
metabolic signatures
profile, IP10
Phenotype by FACS, ELISA,
transcriptional signatures
Fig. 25 Diversity of TB diagnosis biomarkers. The current regime has more reliability for
pathogen-dependent screening as the detection is exact and prompt
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
131
fragments) using the complimentary primers. The PCR-based assays are the
most sensitive techniques for screening the codons responsible for Mtb
resistance. The DNA fragments amplified by PCR protocol [better termed
as restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs)] are thereafter analyzed using electrophoresis or hybridization-based assays.
The following are the brief operational steps of these techniques:
2. Electrophoresis: This analytical technique works based on chargemodulated electrophoretic mobility of the mutated Mtb fragments, especially those of resistant strains. The analysis is made via comparison of
PCR-amplified DNA with the electrophoretic mobility of wild/reference
Mtb DNA to screen the resistant genotype. In the past few years, a
heteroduplex assay has also been reported for the identification of singlebase mismatched strands. The strands are isolated from the null mismatched
containing strands using the confirmatory gel electrophoresis assay.
3. Hybridization-based methods: These methods are based on the hybridization of clinical DNA fragments with those of complementary DNA. The
concomitant binding is thereafter compared with the outcomes of wild/
reference Mtb DNA. The binding of clinical DNA can be ascertained via
ELISA readers in case of the significant homologous complementary
strand. The hybridization could be accomplished with the help of strips,
microtiter plates, and microarrays.
– Real-time polymerase chain reaction: It is feasible to visualize the increasing
concentration of a DNA strand in real time using fluorescently labeled DNA
strands. Several fluorescent labels are applied in an adverse range of real-time
PCR techniques, such as TaqMan probes, Beacons, and FRET probes.
– Exclusive demerits of PCR tests comprise relatively high equipment and
reagent costs. The method also mandates the requirement of skilled personnel
along with dedicated pre- and post-PCR rooms to keep the contamination at
bay. Furthermore, the technological dependence and sample preparation complexity make these procedures inappropriate in resource-poor economies.
8.5
Biomarkers for Tuberculosis Detection
• Figure 25 distinguishes the pathogen and host-based biomarkers, primed for TB
diagnosis. From a pathogenic perspective, Mtb products could be aptly distinguished in the blood, sputum, or urine. The blood and urinal detections can be
made with a higher sensitivity contrary to that of Mtb culture from the analogous
biological fluid. The Mtb cell wall constituent, lipoarabinomannan (LAM), is
reported as a discrete TB biomarker in light of the low sensitivity of the conventional urinal analysis.
• Although well below par the conventional standards recommended to date, the
Mtb DNA and LAM detection in the urinal samples of HIV-infected patients
could be a decisive approach for the detection of advanced TB with low CD4
T-cell counts. Of note, Mtb Ag85 complex is a (30–32) kD family of three
132
•
•
•
•
•
P. Malik et al.
proteins, namely, Ag85A, Ag85B, and Ag85C, characterized by the mycolyl
transferase-mediated coupling of mycolic acids to arabinogalactan of the Mycobacterium cell wall and in the biological formation of cord factor. Multiple studies
pinpoint the significance of Ag85 (in blood and urine) as an Mtb detection
marker.
Among the host biomarkers, several non-sputum-based assays for active TB
screening are validated using serum, plasma, urine, or stimulated or unstimulated
blood. In light of serum or plasma products, Mtb-specific Ab detection is not an
accurate diagnostic method due to a heterogeneous Mtb response pattern. Apart
from this, the WHO guidelines also voiced against the use of these tests for active
TB diagnosis. Studies on serum microRNAs have been reported with variable
success for active TB diagnosis in drug-sensitive and drug-resistant subjects.
A broad range of potential transcriptional biomarkers have also been reported,
including neutrophil-driven interferon (IFN)-inducible gene profiles comprising
both type 2 IFNγ and type I (IFNαβ). IFN signaling represents a significant TB
signature traceable in peripheral blood from pulmonary TB patients. Such findings have been complemented in the analysis of other populations and in several
other studies where the manifestation of TB could be distinguished from other
respiratory infections and inflammatory diseases. Correlations with IFN expression have inferred enhanced activity for the diseased state, which decreased for
the treatment state.
Diagnostic indications of a TB distinction from other diseases and LTBI were
noticed in children from South Africa, Malawi, and Kenya. Disappointingly, a
persistent challenge in the detection of new childhood TB pertains to missing
references due to a cumbersome microbiological diagnosis of active disease.
Analysis complexity and expensive operational requirements (related to transcriptional profiles) make the diagnosis difficult and urgently require the development of easier technologies.
IFNγ-inducible protein 10 (IP10) has been studied as being enhanced in the
unstimulated plasma of children and adults having active TB. This has been
screened using different methodologies based on lateral flow assays using the
interference-free, fluorescent upconverting phosphor extents. Of significant interest is the fact that IP10 could also be detected in the urine of adult patients. A
study conducted on Ugandan children infected with TB revealed decreased IP10
expressions in response to efficacious therapy.
Potential breakthroughs in TB diagnosis have also been enabled by the advanced
mode functioning of multiparametric flow cytometry, allowing simultaneous
screening of manifold immune functions in single cells, such as cytokine generation and memory status. Polyfunctional T-cells are capable of generating more
than one cytokine at the same instant and are the active components of the
immune response toward different pathogenic species. The T-cells producing
IFNγ, TNFα, and IL12 are associated with guarding immune responses in HIV
nonprogressing subjects. Studies focused on analyzing the role of polyfunctional
T-cells in TB do not decipher a homogenous conclusive outlook. Active TB has
been linked either with monofunctional TNFα-CD4+ T-cells or double-functional
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
•
•
•
•
133
IFNγ+ TNFα+ CD4+ T-cells. Contrary to this, the activation and memory states of
Mtb-specific T-cells are generally more in agreement, even when comparing
patient populations at different sites.
While the effector T-cells grow amidst Mtb replication, the memory cells regulate
the arrest and elimination of Mtb infection. It is pertinent to mention here that
active TB infection is profusely estimated by suppressed CD27 surface expression over the circulating Mtb-antigen-stimulated CD4+ T-cells. More recently, an
erstwhile T-cell activation marker, (TAM-TB) assay has been demonstrated for
active TB recognition in children. This assay relied on the stoichiometric variations of median fluorescence intensity of all CD4+ and CD27+ T-cells to those of
Mtb-explicit CD4+CD27+ T-cells (CD27 MF1 ratio). This marker has been
evaluated in adults from a low TB-endemic country, where it successfully distinguished the various stages of a TB infection.
A breakthrough study based on blood analysis showed the expression of immune
activation markers, CD38, HLA-DR, and proliferation marker, Ki-67 on
Mtb-specific CD4+ T-cells, involved with Mtb load. It was noticed that modulation of these markers adequately distinguished active TB cases from those of
LTBI with 100% specificity and over 96% specificity. These markers also classified the individuals who had completed TB therapy, indicating a correlation
with the decrease in mycobacterial load after treatment. Of eminence is the recent
finding of T-cell activation as an immune correlate of risk for TB development in
BCG-vaccinated infants.
Nontargeted methods to screen and identify novel markers for TB sufferers are
primed on transcriptomic, proteomic, and metabolomics hypotheses. A noted
attempt herein analyzed the transcriptomic and metabolic contour of patients
infected with two distinct Mtb lineages (Maf and Mtb), before and after anti-TB
therapy. The main aim of the investigation was to identify and enumerate the
distinctions in host factors and biological events associated with diseased pathology and the corresponding explicit treatment response. It was noticed that
peripheral blood gene expressions were not significantly distinct between the
Maf- and Mtb-infected patients at the pretreated stage. However, the extents
considerably differed at the post-treatment stage. On the whole, the investigation
summarized that the pre- and post-treatment genotypes were exclusive functions
of the characteristic immune response.
It is urgent to mention herein that the upstream regulator hepatocyte nuclear factor
4-α regulated ~15% of distinctively expressed genes in the post-treatment groups.
Surprisingly, the serum metabolic profiles of Maf and Mtb strain-infected sufferers remained unchanged both at pre- and post-treatment stages. Subsequently,
the advent of analytical tools like mass spectrometry or protein chip technology
enabled the distinctive analysis of the proteomic profile of TB sufferers and
healthy individuals. The noted host markers that distinguished the TB sufferers
from those suffering from erstwhile infections and inflammatory disorders
included transthyretin, CRP, and neopterin. Interestingly, the sputum analysis
also distinguished the sufferers via analyzing the proteomic profiles based on
smear-positive and -negative TB patients contrary to those of control models.
134
P. Malik et al.
• The biomarkers specific for active pulmonary TB may prevail in the volatile
organic compounds (VOCs) in the breath, both from the infecting organism and
the infected host. These signatures could be the outcomes of concomitant oxidative stress. For a definitive screening, a breath test for the presence of VOCs could
be done, wherein potential biomarkers of active pulmonary TB could be
ascertained with ~85% accuracy in symptomatic high-risk individuals. The presence of VOCs in the picomolar range complicates their screening, typically
remaining out of the measurable extents of the majority of conventionally used
instruments.
8.6
Biosensor-Mediated Early Tuberculosis Diagnosis
Knowing that 98% of all TB cases prevail in developing countries, where access to
specialized and advanced facilities in a laboratory setup is scarce, there is a dire
necessity to develop alternative, simpler, and low-cost techniques for TB diagnosis.
The varying sensing and transduction modes of a biosensor facilitate prompt detection of these responses through simplistic and efficient measurement of optical,
thermal, and electrical signals. Major advances in biosensors for a faster TB diagnosis are as follows:
• Technical advantage: Biosensors empower a high level of device and capture,
followed by integration achieved through single-step detection.
• Quick response: The typical response time of a biosensor analysis is within the
range of a few minutes in most configurations, together enabling rapid and
significant measurement control.
• Ease of use: Many designed and optimized biosensor configurations are equipped
with user-friendly interfaces for connection with advanced instrumentation.
The following points discuss the most recent biosensor studies aimed at a faster
and more efficient TB diagnosis. The salient aspects of performance analysis aspects
are briefed.
• A recent attempt focusing on the practical demerits (longer detection time than the
conventional approaches for MTb detection) is the 2020 study by Zhang and
associates. The investigation reported an electrochemical biosensor using a 16S
rDNA fragment of Mtb, H37Ra as the target marker. Peptide nucleic acid (PNA)
was used as a capture probe while 2D Ti3C2MXenes (having high conductance)
were used for signal transduction. Amidst the assay development, the PNA and
16S rDNA-specific fragment was hybridized on the substrate of the PNA-Au NPs
network electrode, after which the target fragments were directly conjugated with
Ti3C2MXenes. This linkage was stabilized by the strong interactions between
zirconium cross-linked Ti3C2MXenes and the phosphate moieties of target fragments, which bridged the gaps of interrupted Au NPs in the nanogap network
electrode, giving rise to a conductive passage to monitor the conductance
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
135
variation across the electrodes. The conductance variation was monitored for Mtb
screening, which was completed in 2 h with an LOD of 20 cfu•ml 1. The PNA
used in the analysis was an unnatural DNA analog, comprising repeating neutral,
N-(2-aminoethyl) glycine functionality, linked together via peptide bonds and
having nucleotide bases. The as-designed sensor configuration functioned well
and enabled the Mtb detection in 40 stimulated sputum samples. Thereby, this
study explained the success of the shift from PNA to highly Ti3C2MXenes,
across the nanogap network electrodes, enabling the detection using a sharp
conductance change (Zhang et al. 2020).
• Another rigorous 2020 attempt from Pelaez and colleagues reported a portable,
user-friendly, and low-cost biosensor working in a label-free manner and using
SPR sensitivity. The configuration was a direct immunoassay for spontaneous
detection and quantification of the heat shock protein X (HspX), a standard
biomarker of Mtb, prevailing in pretreated sputum samples. The sensing mechanism relies on highly specific MAbs that were previously immobilized on the
plasmonic sensor surface. The optimized configuration enabled direct detection of
Hsp without amplification, with a 0.63 ng•ml 1 LOD and 2.12 ng•ml 1 as the
limit of quantification (LOQ). Also, the inspection of pretreated sputum samples
revealed significant differences in the Hsp patient concentration, for those
infected with TB, (116–175) ng•ml 1 concentration extents compared to below
LOQ for the uninfected subjects (Pelaez et al. 2020).
• A highly significant attempt by Gupta and colleagues used a magnetic biosensor
relying on giant magnetoresistance (GMR) for on-field TB detection through
assessing an Mtb-specific protein, ESAT-6 (early secretory antigenic target). The
specific reason to choose ESAT-6 as the MTB detection protein was its secretion
at the initial infection stage besides a prominence in progressive TB infection.
The investigators opined that due to a molecular weight of 6 kDa, ESAT-6 is a
small protein that can bind to toll-like receptor-2 (TLR-2) directly and also
exhibits an inhibiting capability toward the downstream transduction of signaling
events. Furthermore, ESAT-6 can form a heterodimer with culture filtrate protein
(CFP-10), another MTB-secreted antigenic protein, having a molecular weight of
10 kDa. The portable configuration served as a highly sensitive diagnostic tool
and detects MTB with a low turnaround time and a pg•ml 1 ranged LOD. The use
of DARPins (designed ankyrin repeat proteins) in the optimized configuration
confers a high specificity and aids in prompt detection, thereby enabling early
treatment onset with reduced mortality. The comparison with conventional and
Au NPs-assisted ELISA inferred the developed configuration as more sensitive.
Utility analysis revealed a likelihood of sensitivity improvement through variation in the structural composition and size of MNPs, with the larger-sized NPs
(40 nm radius) exhibiting higher signal strengths for low concentrations compared to small-sized NP (5 nm radius). Besides, there is the feasibility of real
integration of GMR biosensors with several other standardized procedures; it was
found that this technique could be sued for the detection of malignant pathogens
such as HIV and drug-resistant mutants (Gupta and Kakkar 2019).
136
P. Malik et al.
• Another significant attempt by the same group (Zhang et al, the first being the
discussed 2020 investigation) illustrated the design of an electrochemical biosensor
for screening of MTB reference strain, H37Rv. Optimized configuration used H37Rv
aptamer (as recognition probe) and oligonucleotides engineered using Au NPs.
Detection was made via monitoring the frequency variations, conferred by Au
NPs conjugated with DNA, in the presence of H37Rv, with the aid of a multichannel series piezoelectric quartz-crystal (MSPQC) system. Three oligonucleotides were engineered with Au NPs and were hybridized with 37 nucleotides
comprising H37Rv aptamer, which was immobilized over the Au electrode using
Au–S linkages. A conductive layer was henceforth generated by the sequential
hybridization of the aptamer with the Au NPs-functionalized DNA segments. The
binding of the pathogenic (Mtb) strain to the aptamer took place in the presence of
H37Rv and resulted in the detachment of Au NPs-conjugated DNA from the
electrode surface. The conductive film was thereafter replaced by an insulating
aptamer-conjugated bacterial complex. The discrete variations were recorded by
the MSPQC system. The optimized configuration facilitated a rapid, implicit, and
sensitive detection and provided the response in 2 h with a 100 CFU•ml 1 LOD
(Zhang et al. 2019b).
• Another elegant study of 2019 itself was reported by Bai and colleagues from
China, wherein detection of IS6110 MTB fragment was made using novel sensing
mechanisms of an electrochemical DNA biosensor. The sensor probe comprised
of a nanohybrid of Au NPs-decorated fullerene NPs/nitrogen-doped graphene
nanosheet, which directly served as a new signal tag. This probe generated a
signal response without additional redox molecules and was thereafter labeled
with signal probes to form a tracer label for accomplishing signal amplification. In
an attempt to further improve the diagnosis sensitivity, biotin–avidin conjugation
was configured to immobilize abundant capture probes. On the fabrication of
typical sandwich hybridization, the designed biosensor was incubated with tetraoctylammonium bromide (TOAB). This TOAB incubation boosted the induced
intrinsic redox activity of the tracer label and generated a discriminating current
response. The optimized configuration exhibited a broad linear range functioning
for 10 fM to 10 nM Mtb determination with a 3 fM LOD. In terms of selectivity,
the designed sensor distinguished a mismatched DNA sequence and also differentiates Mtb from other pathogenic agents. The preliminary scrutiny of the
clinical analysis revealed an excellent ability to recognize the PCR products of
clinical samples. Thus, after the Hsp and ESAT-6 protein identification in earlier
2020 and 2019 studies, this is the third attempt toward identifying Mtb using its
IS6110 fragment (Bai et al. 2019).
• In a noted 2018 study from the collaboration of Kazakhstan and the United
Kingdom, Sypabekova and colleagues optimized the feasibility of a synthetic
receptor in the form of an aptamer (a short stretch of oligonucleotides) for the
detection of secreted protein MPT64, which is an acutely immunogenic polypeptide of MTB. Toward the sensing efficacy, the investigators screened the combinatorial effects of an aptamer linker and a co-adsorbent over an Au electrode for
optimal binding efficiency and reduced nonspecific interactions for label-free
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
137
MPT64 detection using EIS. Two configurations of co-adsorbents and aptamer
linkers were studied and high specificity and sensitivity to MPT64 were noticed
for a surface prepared with a thiol PEGylated aptamer, HS-(CH2)6-OP(O)2O(CH2CH2O)6-TTTTT-aptamer and 6-mercaptohexanol in 1:10 stoichiometry.
The optimized configuration was evaluated for real-time significance via access
to a spiked human serum sample with an LOD of 81 pM. This study, therefore,
demonstrated the application suitability of MPT64 aptamer as a low-cost, accurate, and stable replacement of antibodies for the development of point-of-care
TB biosensors, decreasing the detection time from several days or hours to 30 min
(Sypabekova et al. 2018).
• Another study of 2018 is the study by Phan and colleagues, who designed a
highly specific and accurate dot-blot immunoassay for the detection of culture
filtrate protein (Mw: 10 kDa, CFP-10) through the formation of a Cu nanoshell on
Au NPs surface. The optimized assay configuration worked through a Cu+2
reduction on the GBP-CFP10G2-Au NPs conjugate, possessing Au binding and
antigen-binding affinities simultaneously, appearing as a red dot that could be
noticed with the naked eye. The dot intensity was found proportional to
CFP-10 TB antigen, with a 7.6 pg•ml 1 LOD. The analytical performance of
optimized dot-blot configuration was studied as superior to that of a conventional
Ag nanoshell. The probe efficacy toward real-life detection ability was also
monitored via identification of CFP-10 antigen in urine samples, wherein minimum steps, high sensitivity, and specificity were observed (Tu Phan et al. 2018).
• Yet another 2018 attempt comprises an attempt from Malaysia, wherein yet again
CFP-10 identification was made using a robust sandwich electrochemical
immunosensor working through fabricated graphene/polyaniline (GP/PANI)
nanocomposite over the screen-printed Au electrode. The configuration enabled
an efficient detection of CFP10, with the Gp/PANI probe being characterized
using FT-IR spectroscopy and FE-SEM. The morphology and chemical bonding
pattern of GP/PANI nanocomposite were studied using FE-SEM and Raman
spectroscopy revealed a successful coating of GP/PANI composite on the SPGE
using a drop-cast technique. The coating of nanocomposite enhanced the SPGE
surface area by nearly five times than the uncoated SPGE. The probe functioning
was monitored and validated using CV and DPV analysis, wherein the CFP10
detection could be optimized. The optimized configuration exhibited a wide
linear range (20–100) ng•ml 1 with an LOD of 15 ng•ml 1, thereby conveying
the sensitivity, rapidity, and disposable suitability of the designed configuration
for TB detection within the real samples (Azmi et al. 2018). Studies like these
serve as valuable databases for biosensing advances of graphene and related
compounds. The results of this investigation must be compared with NPs’
functionalized graphene to understand whether the composite framework could
substitute an NP under certain conditions.
• Yet another significant attempt by Bakhori and colleagues reported a plasmonic
ELISA method to study the antigen–antibody interaction using an ultrasensitive
and affordable naked eye TB detection and diagnosis. The detection mechanism
made use of the biocatalytic cycle of intracellular enzymes, which induces the
138
P. Malik et al.
formation and successive growth of Au NPs. The detection of TB analytes in the
sample solution was inferred by the formation of differently colored solutions by
the plasmonic NPs in the presence of enzyme labels. The detection of disease was
made using the standardized ELISA working that used catalase-labeled Abs, the
enzymes consumed H2O2 and further generate Au NPs on the inclusion of AuCl3.
The blue or red color of the Au NPs-containing solution as a confirmatory
indication for naked eye detection of TB analytes was determined based on the
leftover H2O2 amount in the solution. This feature distinguished the optimized
assay from conventional ELISA, which only develops tonal colors and requires a
high analyte concentration to achieve distinguishing naked eye detection.
The investigators also incorporated the MTB-specific ESAT-6 protein fragment
in the optimized configuration for the detection of TB using plasmonic ELISA.
The technique enabled the CFP-10 detection limit to as low as 0.01 μg•ml 1 on
being visualized by the naked eye. The designed sensor was also studied on a
confirmatory scale with the sputum samples from TB-positive patients, thereby
providing enough evidence for a manifested suitability for early TB diagnosis
(Bakhori et al. 2018).
9
Conclusions
Biomaterials exhibit immense potential for being used as sensing the interactions of
the biological platforms. The structure-activity-specific functioning of these entities
makes them competent for diversified activities. With advancements in characterization techniques and the emergence of shape and size-dependent functioning of
NMs, the potential of biological sensing has evolved over a new horizon. The natural
flexibility and self-assembly-driven sensing of biomaterials are widely instrumental
in their roles as implicit detection moieties. Tailoring of NMs with biocompatible
probes has been a major achievement of the emerging nanoscale phenomenon,
wherein a precise detection of the slightest deviations in the properties has become
possible. Many studies are in the final phase of being put on the commercialization
scale, but there is no second path to meeting the set ethical guidelines, for which the
procedures regarding reproducible outcomes have to be met. Such imbibitions
manifest an urgent need of bridging the material sciences, electronics, and biological
sciences so that smart biofunctional materials with steadfast and accurate responses
could be developed. About mammalian cells, the whole tissues or specific regions
are equally capable of being used as sensors, but appropriate measures must be
considered to prevent any possible cross-reactions.
10
Cross-References
▶ Emerging Interest in the Use of Au and Ag NPs for Drug Delivery
▶ Focused on Compatible Biological Interactions of Nanomaterials
▶ How Nanomaterials Could be Used in Precise Biological Imaging
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
139
References
Azimzadeh M, Nasirizadeh N, Rahaie M, Naderi-Manesh H. Early detection of Alzheimer’s disease
using a biosensor based on electrochemically-reduced graphene oxide and gold nanowires for
the quantification of serum microRNA-137. RSC Adv. 2017;7:55709.
Azmi UZM, Yusof NA, Kusnin N, Abdullah J, Suraiya S, Ong PS, et al. Sandwich electrochemical
immunosensor for early detection of tuberculosis based on graphene/polyanline-modified
screen-printed gold electrode. Sensors. 2018;18:3926.
Bai L, Chen Y, Liu X, Zhou J, Cao J, Hou L, et al. Ultrasensitive electrochemical detolvedection of
Mycobacterium tuberculosis IS6110 fragment using gold nanoparticles decorated fullerene
nanoparticles/nitrogen doped graphene nanosheet as signal tags. Anal Chim Acta. 2019;1080:
75–83.
Bakhori NM, Yusof NA, Abdullah J, Wasoh H, Noor SSM, Raston NHA, et al. Immunonanosensor
for the ultrasensitive naked eye detection of tuberculosis. Sensors. 2018;18:1932.
Biju V. Chemical modifications and bioconjugate reactions of nanomaterials for sensing, imaging,
drug delivery and therapy. Chem Soc Rev. 2014;43:744–64.
Cai X, Weng S, Guo R, Lin L, Chen W, Zheng Z, et al. Ratiometric electrochemical immunoassay
based on internal reference value for reproducible and sensitive detection of tumor marker.
Biosens Bioelectron. 2016;81:173–80.
Chard T. Pregnancy tests: a review. Hum Reprod. 1992;7:701–10.
Dembski S, Graf C, Kruger T, Gbureck U, Ewald A, Bock A, et al. Photoactivation of CdSe/Zns
quantum dots embedded in silica colloids. Small. 2008;4:1516–26.
DeSantis C, Ma J, Bryan L, Jemal A. Breast cancer statistics, 2013. CA Cancer J Clin. 2014;64:
52–62.
Drbohlavova J, Adam V, Kizek R, Hubalek J. Quantum dots-characterization, preparation and
usage in biological systems. Int J Mol Sci. 2009;10:656–73.
Eissa S, Abdulkarim H, Dasouki M, Mousa HA, Amout R, Saud BA, et al. Multiplexed detection of
DOCK8, PGM3 and STAT3 proteins for the diagnosis of Hyper-Immunoglobulin E syndrome
using gold nanoparticles-based immunosensor array platform. Biosens Bioelectron. 2018a;117:
613. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bios.2018.06.058.
Eissa S, Alshehri N, Abduljabbar M, Rahman AMA, Dasouki M, Nizami IY, et al. Carbon
nanofiber-based multiplexed immunosensor for the detection of Survival Motor Neuron 1, Cystic Fibrosis Transmembrane Conductance Regulator and Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy proteins. Biosens Bioelectron. 2018b;117:84. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bios.2018.05.048.
Ghaderinezhad F, Koydemir HC, Tseng D, Karnica D, Liang K, Ozcan A, et al. Sensing of
electrolytes in urine using a miniaturized paper-based device. Sci Rep. 2020;10:13620.
Griffin EG, Nelson JM. The influence of certain substances on the activity of invertase. J Am Chem
Soc. 1916;38:722–30.
Guilbault GG, Montalvo JG Jr. Urea-specific enzyme electrode. J Am Chem Soc. 1969;91:2164–5.
Gupta S, Kakkar V. DARPin based GMR biosensor for the detection of ESAT-6 tuberculosis
protein. Tuberculosis. 2019;118:101852.
Hackshaw AK, Law MR, Wald NJ. The accumulated evidence on lung cancer and environmental
tobacco smoke. BMJ. 1997;315:980–8.
Haddour N, Cosnier S, Gondran C. Electrogeneration of a poly(pyrrole)-NTA chelator film for a
reversible oriented immobilization of histidine-tagged proteins. J Am Chem Soc. 2005;127:
5752–3.
Heineman WR, Jensen WB, Clark Jr. LC. (1918–2005). Biosens Bioelectron. 2006;21:1403–4.
Holzinger M, Goff AL, Cosnier S. Nanomaterials for biosensing applications: a review. Front
Chem. 2014;2:Article 63, 1–10
Hughes WS. The potential difference between glass and electrolytes in contact with the glass. J Am
Chem Soc. 1922;44:2860–7.
Issa B, Obaidat IM, Albiss BA, Haik Y. Magnetic nanoparticles: surface effects and properties
related to biomedicine applications. Int J Mol Sci. 2013;14:21266–305.
140
P. Malik et al.
Li F, Feng Y, Wang Z, Yang L, Zhuo L, Tang B, et al. Direct electrochemistry of horseradish
peroxidase immobilized on the layered calcium carbonate-gold nanoparticles inorganic hybrid
composite. Biosens Bioelectron. 2010;25:2244–8.
Li S-S, Lin C-W, Wei K-C, Huang C-Y, Hsu P-H, Liu H-L, et al. Non-invasive screening for early
Alzheimer’s disease diagnosis by a sensitively immunomagnetic biosensor. Sci Rep. 2016;6:
25155.
Michalet X, Pinaud FF, Bentolila LA, Tsay JM, Doose S, Li JJ, et al. Quantum dots for live cells,
in vivo imaging and diagnostics. Science. 2005;307:538–44.
Mittal S, Kaur H, Gautam N, Mantha AK. Biosensors for breast cancer diagnosis: a review of
bioreceptors, biotransducers and signal amplification strategies. Biosens Bioelectron. 2017;88:
217–31.
Negahdary M, Heli H. An ultrasensitive electrochemical aptasensor for early diagnosis of
Alzheimer’s disease, using a fern leaves-like gold nanostructure. Talanta. 2019;198:510–7.
Park D, Kim JH, Kim HJ, Lee DS, Yoon DS, Hwang KS. Multiplexed femtomolar detection of
Alzheimer’s disease biomarkers in biofluids using a graphene oxide field-effect transistor.
Biosens Bioelectron. 2020;167:112505.
Parker AR, McPhedran RC, McKenzie DR, Botten LC, Nicorovici N-AP. Aphrodite’s iridescence.
Nature. 2001;409:36–7.
Pelaez EC, Estevez MC, Mongui A, Menendez MC, Toro C, Herrera-Sandoval OL, et al. Detection
and quantification of HspX antigen in sputum samples usingplasmonic biosensing: towards a
real point of care (POC) for tuberculosis diagnosis. ACS Infect Dis. 2020;6:1110–20.
Pereira AC, Sales MGF, Rodrihues LR. Biosensors for rapid detection of breast cancer biomarkers,
Chapter-3. In: Advanced biosensors for health care applications. 2019. https://doi.org/10.1016/
B978-0-12-815743-5.00003-2.
Phan LMT, Rafique R, Baek SH, Nguyen TP, Park KY, Kim EB, et al. Gold-copper nanoshell
dot-blot immunoassay for naked-eye sensitive detection of tuberculosis specific CFP-10 antigen. Biosens Bioelectron. 2018. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bios.2018.08.068.
Polvikoski T, Sulkava R, Rastas S, Sutela A, Niinistö L, Notkola IL. Incidence of dementia in very
elderly individuals: a clinical, neuropathological and molecular genetic study. Neuroepidemiology. 2006;26:76–82.
Poznyak SK, Talapin DV, Shevchenko EV, Weller H. Quantum dot chemiluminescence. Nano Lett.
2004;4:693–8.
Qin J, Jo DG, Cho M, Lee Y. Monitoring of early diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease using the cellular
prion protein and poly(pyrrole-2-carboxylic acid) modified electrode. Biosens Bioelectron.
2018;113:82. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bios.2018.04.061.
Resch-Genger U, Grabolle M, Cavaliere-Jaricot S, Nitschke R, Nann T. Quantum dots versus
organic dyes as fluorescent labels. Nat Methods. 2008;5:763–75.
Rocha-Santos TAP. Sensors and biosensors based on magnetic nanoparticles. Trends Anal Chem.
2014;62:28–36.
Russell P. Photonic crystal fibers. Science. 2003;299:358–62.
Siddique RH, Gornard G, Holscher H. The role of random nanostructures for the omnidirectional
anti-reflection properties of the glasswing butterfly. Nat Commun. 2015;6:6909.
Sin MLY, Mach KE, Wong PK, Liao JC. Advances and challenges in biosensor-based diagnosis of
infectious diseases. Exp Rev Mol Diagn. 2014;14:225–44.
Sirisha VL, Jain A, Jain A. Enzyme immobilization: an overview on methods, support, materials
and applications of immobilized enzymes. In: Advances in food and nutrition research. Amsterdam: Academic; 2016. ISSN: 1043-4526.
Sypabekova M, Jolly P, Estrela P, Kanayeva D. Electrochemical aptasensor using optimized surface
chemistry for the detection of Mycobacterium tuberculosis secreted protein MPT64 in human
serum. Biosens Bioelectron. 2018;123:141. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bios.2018.07.053.
Toren P, Ozgur E, Bayindir M. Real-time and selective detection of single nucleotide DNA
mutations using surface engineered microtoroids. Anal Chem. 2015;87:10920. https://doi.org/
10.1021/acs.analchem.5b02664.
Biosensors’ Utility in Mammalian Cell Culturing
141
Toren P, Ozgur E, Bayindir M. Label-free biodetection of pathogen virulence factors in complex
media using microtoroids with multifunctional surface functionality. ACS Sensors. 2018;3:352.
https://doi.org/10.1021/acssensors.7b00775.
Turkevich J, Stevenson PC, Hillier J. A study of the nucleation and growth processes in the
synthesis of colloidal gold. Discuss Faraday Soc. 1951;11:55–75.
Wang L, Chen D, Jiang K, Shen G. New insights and perspectives into biological materials for
flexible electronics. Chem Soc Rev. 2017;46:6764.
Wilchek M, Bayer E. The avidin-biotin complex in bioanalytical applications. Anal Biochem.
1988;171:1–32.
Wu H-T, Chen Y-L, Huang Y-C, Liu W-C, Yaw NM, Hseih B-Y, et al. Colloid-gold nanoparticle
enhanced detection sensitivity of paired surface plasma waves biosensor. In: Proceedings of
SPIE – the international society for optical engineering, vol. 6447. 2007.
Yang G, Xiao Z, Tang C, Deng Y, Huang H, He Z. Recent advances in biosensor for detection of
lung cancer biomarkers. Biosens Bioelectron. 2019;141:111416.
Yoo YK, Kim J, Kim G, Kim YS, Kim HY, Lee S, et al. A highly sensitive plasma-based amyloid-β
detection system through medium-changing and noise cancellation system for early diagnosis of
the Alzheimer’s disease. Sci Rep. 2017;7:8882.
Zhang K, Yang Q, Fan Z, Zhao J, Li H. Platelet-driven formation of interface peptide nano-network
biosensor enabling a non-invasive means for early detection of Alzheimer’s disease. Biosens
Bioelectron. 2019a;145:111701.
Zhang X, Feng Y, Duan S, Su L, Zhang J, He F. Mycobacterium tuberculosis strain H37Rv
electrochemical sensor mediated by aptamer and AuNPs-DNA. ACS Sensors. 2019b;4:849–55.
Zhang J, Li Y, Duan S, He F. Highly electrically conductive two-dimensionsl Ti3C2Mxenes-based
16S rDNA electrochemical sensor for detecting Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Anal Chim Acta.
2020;1123:9–17.